1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
3 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
4 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012
5 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
7 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
9 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
14 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
20 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
21 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
22 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
29 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
30 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
31 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
33 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
34 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
35 haven't bothered yet. */
37 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
45 #include "libiberty.h"
46 #include "safe-ctype.h"
52 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
53 static bfd_boolean assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *);
54 static bfd_boolean prep_headers (bfd *);
55 static bfd_boolean swap_out_syms (bfd *, struct bfd_strtab_hash **, int) ;
56 static bfd_boolean elf_read_notes (bfd *, file_ptr, bfd_size_type) ;
57 static bfd_boolean elf_parse_notes (bfd *abfd, char *buf, size_t size,
60 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
61 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
62 need to move into elfcode.h. */
64 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
67 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd *abfd,
68 const Elf_External_Verdef *src,
69 Elf_Internal_Verdef *dst)
71 dst->vd_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_version);
72 dst->vd_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags);
73 dst->vd_ndx = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx);
74 dst->vd_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt);
75 dst->vd_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash);
76 dst->vd_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux);
77 dst->vd_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_next);
80 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
83 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd *abfd,
84 const Elf_Internal_Verdef *src,
85 Elf_External_Verdef *dst)
87 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_version, dst->vd_version);
88 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags, dst->vd_flags);
89 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx, dst->vd_ndx);
90 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt, dst->vd_cnt);
91 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash, dst->vd_hash);
92 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux, dst->vd_aux);
93 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_next, dst->vd_next);
96 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
99 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd *abfd,
100 const Elf_External_Verdaux *src,
101 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *dst)
103 dst->vda_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_name);
104 dst->vda_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_next);
107 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
110 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd *abfd,
111 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux *src,
112 Elf_External_Verdaux *dst)
114 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_name, dst->vda_name);
115 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_next, dst->vda_next);
118 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
121 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd *abfd,
122 const Elf_External_Verneed *src,
123 Elf_Internal_Verneed *dst)
125 dst->vn_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_version);
126 dst->vn_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt);
127 dst->vn_file = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_file);
128 dst->vn_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux);
129 dst->vn_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_next);
132 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
135 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd *abfd,
136 const Elf_Internal_Verneed *src,
137 Elf_External_Verneed *dst)
139 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_version, dst->vn_version);
140 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt, dst->vn_cnt);
141 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_file, dst->vn_file);
142 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux, dst->vn_aux);
143 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_next, dst->vn_next);
146 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
149 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd *abfd,
150 const Elf_External_Vernaux *src,
151 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *dst)
153 dst->vna_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash);
154 dst->vna_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags);
155 dst->vna_other = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_other);
156 dst->vna_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_name);
157 dst->vna_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_next);
160 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
163 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd *abfd,
164 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux *src,
165 Elf_External_Vernaux *dst)
167 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash, dst->vna_hash);
168 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags, dst->vna_flags);
169 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_other, dst->vna_other);
170 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_name, dst->vna_name);
171 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_next, dst->vna_next);
174 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
177 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd *abfd,
178 const Elf_External_Versym *src,
179 Elf_Internal_Versym *dst)
181 dst->vs_vers = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers);
184 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
187 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd *abfd,
188 const Elf_Internal_Versym *src,
189 Elf_External_Versym *dst)
191 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers, dst->vs_vers);
194 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
195 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
198 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg)
200 const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg;
205 while ((ch = *name++) != '\0')
208 if ((g = (h & 0xf0000000)) != 0)
211 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
212 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
216 return h & 0xffffffff;
219 /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will
220 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
223 bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg)
225 const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg;
226 unsigned long h = 5381;
229 while ((ch = *name++) != '\0')
230 h = (h << 5) + h + ch;
231 return h & 0xffffffff;
234 /* Create a tdata field OBJECT_SIZE bytes in length, zeroed out and with
235 the object_id field of an elf_obj_tdata field set to OBJECT_ID. */
237 bfd_elf_allocate_object (bfd *abfd,
239 enum elf_target_id object_id)
241 BFD_ASSERT (object_size >= sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata));
242 abfd->tdata.any = bfd_zalloc (abfd, object_size);
243 if (abfd->tdata.any == NULL)
246 elf_object_id (abfd) = object_id;
247 elf_program_header_size (abfd) = (bfd_size_type) -1;
253 bfd_elf_make_object (bfd *abfd)
255 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
256 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata),
261 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd *abfd)
263 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
264 return abfd->xvec->_bfd_set_format[(int) bfd_object] (abfd);
268 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex)
270 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
271 bfd_byte *shstrtab = NULL;
273 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize;
275 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
277 || shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd)
278 || i_shdrp[shindex] == 0)
281 shstrtab = i_shdrp[shindex]->contents;
282 if (shstrtab == NULL)
284 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
285 offset = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_offset;
286 shstrtabsize = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_size;
288 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
289 in case the string table is not terminated. */
290 if (shstrtabsize + 1 <= 1
291 || (shstrtab = (bfd_byte *) bfd_alloc (abfd, shstrtabsize + 1)) == NULL
292 || bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0)
294 else if (bfd_bread (shstrtab, shstrtabsize, abfd) != shstrtabsize)
296 if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call)
297 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated);
299 /* Once we've failed to read it, make sure we don't keep
300 trying. Otherwise, we'll keep allocating space for
301 the string table over and over. */
302 i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_size = 0;
305 shstrtab[shstrtabsize] = '\0';
306 i_shdrp[shindex]->contents = shstrtab;
308 return (char *) shstrtab;
312 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd *abfd,
313 unsigned int shindex,
314 unsigned int strindex)
316 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
321 if (elf_elfsections (abfd) == NULL || shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd))
324 hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex];
326 if (hdr->contents == NULL
327 && bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd, shindex) == NULL)
330 if (strindex >= hdr->sh_size)
332 unsigned int shstrndx = elf_elfheader(abfd)->e_shstrndx;
333 (*_bfd_error_handler)
334 (_("%B: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'"),
335 abfd, strindex, (unsigned long) hdr->sh_size,
336 (shindex == shstrndx && strindex == hdr->sh_name
338 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shstrndx, hdr->sh_name)));
342 return ((char *) hdr->contents) + strindex;
345 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
346 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
347 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
348 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
349 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively.
350 Returns a pointer to the internal symbol buffer (malloced if necessary)
351 or NULL if there were no symbols or some kind of problem. */
354 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd *ibfd,
355 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
358 Elf_Internal_Sym *intsym_buf,
360 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *extshndx_buf)
362 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shndx_hdr;
364 const bfd_byte *esym;
365 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *alloc_extshndx;
366 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *shndx;
367 Elf_Internal_Sym *alloc_intsym;
368 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
369 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymend;
370 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
375 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
381 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
383 if (symtab_hdr == &elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_hdr)
384 shndx_hdr = &elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
386 /* Read the symbols. */
388 alloc_extshndx = NULL;
390 bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
391 extsym_size = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
392 amt = symcount * extsym_size;
393 pos = symtab_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * extsym_size;
394 if (extsym_buf == NULL)
396 alloc_ext = bfd_malloc2 (symcount, extsym_size);
397 extsym_buf = alloc_ext;
399 if (extsym_buf == NULL
400 || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
401 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt)
407 if (shndx_hdr == NULL || shndx_hdr->sh_size == 0)
411 amt = symcount * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
412 pos = shndx_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
413 if (extshndx_buf == NULL)
415 alloc_extshndx = (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *)
416 bfd_malloc2 (symcount, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx));
417 extshndx_buf = alloc_extshndx;
419 if (extshndx_buf == NULL
420 || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
421 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt)
428 if (intsym_buf == NULL)
430 alloc_intsym = (Elf_Internal_Sym *)
431 bfd_malloc2 (symcount, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym));
432 intsym_buf = alloc_intsym;
433 if (intsym_buf == NULL)
437 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
438 isymend = intsym_buf + symcount;
439 for (esym = (const bfd_byte *) extsym_buf, isym = intsym_buf,
440 shndx = extshndx_buf;
442 esym += extsym_size, isym++, shndx = shndx != NULL ? shndx + 1 : NULL)
443 if (!(*bed->s->swap_symbol_in) (ibfd, esym, shndx, isym))
445 symoffset += (esym - (bfd_byte *) extsym_buf) / extsym_size;
446 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B symbol number %lu references "
447 "nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"),
448 ibfd, (unsigned long) symoffset);
449 if (alloc_intsym != NULL)
456 if (alloc_ext != NULL)
458 if (alloc_extshndx != NULL)
459 free (alloc_extshndx);
464 /* Look up a symbol name. */
466 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd *abfd,
467 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
468 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym,
472 unsigned int iname = isym->st_name;
473 unsigned int shindex = symtab_hdr->sh_link;
475 if (iname == 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_SECTION
476 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
477 && isym->st_shndx < elf_numsections (abfd))
479 iname = elf_elfsections (abfd)[isym->st_shndx]->sh_name;
480 shindex = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx;
483 name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shindex, iname);
486 else if (sym_sec && *name == '\0')
487 name = bfd_section_name (abfd, sym_sec);
492 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
493 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
496 typedef union elf_internal_group {
497 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr;
499 } Elf_Internal_Group;
501 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
502 signature just a string? */
505 group_signature (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *ghdr)
507 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
508 unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)];
509 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx;
510 Elf_Internal_Sym isym;
512 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
513 that it is a symbol table section. */
514 if (ghdr->sh_link >= elf_numsections (abfd))
516 hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd) [ghdr->sh_link];
517 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB
518 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, ghdr->sh_link))
521 /* Go read the symbol. */
522 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
523 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, hdr, 1, ghdr->sh_info,
524 &isym, esym, &eshndx) == NULL)
527 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd, hdr, &isym, NULL);
530 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
533 setup_group (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, asection *newsect)
535 unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group;
537 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
538 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
541 unsigned int i, shnum;
543 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
544 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
545 shnum = elf_numsections (abfd);
548 #define IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER(shdr, minsize) \
549 ( (shdr)->sh_type == SHT_GROUP \
550 && (shdr)->sh_size >= minsize \
551 && (shdr)->sh_entsize == GRP_ENTRY_SIZE \
552 && ((shdr)->sh_size % GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) == 0)
554 for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++)
556 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
558 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE))
564 num_group = (unsigned) -1;
565 elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group;
569 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
570 so we can find them quickly. */
573 elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group;
574 elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr = (Elf_Internal_Shdr **)
575 bfd_alloc2 (abfd, num_group, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *));
576 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr == NULL)
580 for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++)
582 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
584 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE))
587 Elf_Internal_Group *dest;
589 /* Add to list of sections. */
590 elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[num_group] = shdr;
593 /* Read the raw contents. */
594 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest) >= 4);
595 amt = shdr->sh_size * sizeof (*dest) / 4;
596 shdr->contents = (unsigned char *)
597 bfd_alloc2 (abfd, shdr->sh_size, sizeof (*dest) / 4);
598 /* PR binutils/4110: Handle corrupt group headers. */
599 if (shdr->contents == NULL)
602 (_("%B: Corrupt size field in group section header: 0x%lx"), abfd, shdr->sh_size);
603 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
607 memset (shdr->contents, 0, amt);
609 if (bfd_seek (abfd, shdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
610 || (bfd_bread (shdr->contents, shdr->sh_size, abfd)
614 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
615 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
616 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
618 src = shdr->contents + shdr->sh_size;
619 dest = (Elf_Internal_Group *) (shdr->contents + amt);
626 idx = H_GET_32 (abfd, src);
627 if (src == shdr->contents)
630 if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL && (idx & GRP_COMDAT))
631 shdr->bfd_section->flags
632 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
637 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
638 (_("%B: invalid SHT_GROUP entry"), abfd));
641 dest->shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[idx];
648 if (num_group != (unsigned) -1)
652 for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++)
654 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i];
655 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
656 unsigned int n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
658 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
659 section is a member. */
661 if ((++idx)->shdr == hdr)
665 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
666 other members to see if any others are linked via
668 idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
669 n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
671 if ((s = (++idx)->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL
672 && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL)
676 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
677 insert current section in circular list. */
678 elf_group_name (newsect) = elf_group_name (s);
679 elf_next_in_group (newsect) = elf_next_in_group (s);
680 elf_next_in_group (s) = newsect;
686 gname = group_signature (abfd, shdr);
689 elf_group_name (newsect) = gname;
691 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
692 elf_next_in_group (newsect) = newsect;
695 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
697 if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL)
698 elf_next_in_group (shdr->bfd_section) = newsect;
706 if (elf_group_name (newsect) == NULL)
708 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: no group info for section %A"),
715 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd *abfd)
718 unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group;
719 bfd_boolean result = TRUE;
722 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
723 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
725 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr = &elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr;
726 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
728 unsigned int elfsec = this_hdr->sh_link;
729 /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may
730 not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could
731 get the situation where elfsec is 0. */
734 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
735 if (bed->link_order_error_handler)
736 bed->link_order_error_handler
737 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
742 asection *linksec = NULL;
744 if (elfsec < elf_numsections (abfd))
746 this_hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec];
747 linksec = this_hdr->bfd_section;
751 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
752 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
755 (*_bfd_error_handler)
756 (_("%B: sh_link [%d] in section `%A' is incorrect"),
757 s->owner, s, elfsec);
761 elf_linked_to_section (s) = linksec;
766 /* Process section groups. */
767 if (num_group == (unsigned) -1)
770 for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++)
772 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i];
773 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
774 unsigned int n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
777 if ((++idx)->shdr->bfd_section)
778 elf_sec_group (idx->shdr->bfd_section) = shdr->bfd_section;
779 else if (idx->shdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA
780 || idx->shdr->sh_type == SHT_REL)
781 /* We won't include relocation sections in section groups in
782 output object files. We adjust the group section size here
783 so that relocatable link will work correctly when
784 relocation sections are in section group in input object
786 shdr->bfd_section->size -= 4;
789 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
790 (*_bfd_error_handler)
791 (_("%B: unknown [%d] section `%s' in group [%s]"),
793 (unsigned int) idx->shdr->sh_type,
794 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd,
795 (elf_elfheader (abfd)
798 shdr->bfd_section->name);
806 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, const asection *sec)
808 return elf_next_in_group (sec) != NULL;
811 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
812 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
815 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd,
816 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
822 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
824 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
827 newsect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name);
831 hdr->bfd_section = newsect;
832 elf_section_data (newsect)->this_hdr = *hdr;
833 elf_section_data (newsect)->this_idx = shindex;
835 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
836 elf_section_type (newsect) = hdr->sh_type;
837 elf_section_flags (newsect) = hdr->sh_flags;
839 newsect->filepos = hdr->sh_offset;
841 if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_addr)
842 || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_size)
843 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, newsect,
844 bfd_log2 (hdr->sh_addralign)))
847 flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
848 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
849 flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
850 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP)
851 flags |= SEC_GROUP | SEC_EXCLUDE;
852 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
855 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
858 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) == 0)
859 flags |= SEC_READONLY;
860 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0)
862 else if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
864 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_MERGE) != 0)
867 newsect->entsize = hdr->sh_entsize;
868 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_STRINGS) != 0)
869 flags |= SEC_STRINGS;
871 if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_GROUP)
872 if (!setup_group (abfd, hdr, newsect))
874 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) != 0)
875 flags |= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL;
876 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXCLUDE) != 0)
877 flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
879 if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
881 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
882 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
887 } debug_sections [] =
889 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("debug") }, /* 'd' */
890 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'e' */
891 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'f' */
892 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("gnu.linkonce.wi.") }, /* 'g' */
893 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'h' */
894 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'i' */
895 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'j' */
896 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'k' */
897 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("line") }, /* 'l' */
898 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'm' */
899 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'n' */
900 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'o' */
901 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'p' */
902 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'q' */
903 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'r' */
904 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("stab") }, /* 's' */
905 { NULL, 0 }, /* 't' */
906 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'u' */
907 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'v' */
908 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'w' */
909 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'x' */
910 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'y' */
911 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("zdebug") } /* 'z' */
916 int i = name [1] - 'd';
918 && i < (int) ARRAY_SIZE (debug_sections)
919 && debug_sections [i].name != NULL
920 && strncmp (&name [1], debug_sections [i].name,
921 debug_sections [i].len) == 0)
922 flags |= SEC_DEBUGGING;
926 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
927 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
928 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
929 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
930 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
931 all but one of the sections. */
932 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gnu.linkonce")
933 && elf_next_in_group (newsect) == NULL)
934 flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
936 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
937 if (bed->elf_backend_section_flags)
938 if (! bed->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags, hdr))
941 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, newsect, flags))
944 /* We do not parse the PT_NOTE segments as we are interested even in the
945 separate debug info files which may have the segments offsets corrupted.
946 PT_NOTEs from the core files are currently not parsed using BFD. */
947 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOTE)
951 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, newsect, &contents))
954 elf_parse_notes (abfd, (char *) contents, hdr->sh_size, -1);
958 if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
960 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdr;
961 unsigned int i, nload;
963 /* Some ELF linkers produce binaries with all the program header
964 p_paddr fields zero. If we have such a binary with more than
965 one PT_LOAD header, then leave the section lma equal to vma
966 so that we don't create sections with overlapping lma. */
967 phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
968 for (nload = 0, i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++)
969 if (phdr->p_paddr != 0)
971 else if (phdr->p_type == PT_LOAD && phdr->p_memsz != 0)
973 if (i >= elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum && nload > 1)
976 phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
977 for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++)
979 if (((phdr->p_type == PT_LOAD
980 && (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0)
981 || phdr->p_type == PT_TLS)
982 && ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (hdr, phdr))
984 if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
985 newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr
986 + hdr->sh_addr - phdr->p_vaddr);
988 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
989 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
990 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
991 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
992 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
993 segment will contain sections with contiguous
994 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
995 newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr
996 + hdr->sh_offset - phdr->p_offset);
998 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
999 offsets whether a section with zero size should
1000 be placed at the end of one segment or the
1001 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
1002 if (hdr->sh_addr >= phdr->p_vaddr
1003 && (hdr->sh_addr + hdr->sh_size
1004 <= phdr->p_vaddr + phdr->p_memsz))
1010 /* Compress/decompress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_* and
1011 .zdebug_*, after the section flags is set. */
1012 if ((flags & SEC_DEBUGGING)
1013 && ((name[1] == 'd' && name[6] == '_')
1014 || (name[1] == 'z' && name[7] == '_')))
1016 enum { nothing, compress, decompress } action = nothing;
1019 if (bfd_is_section_compressed (abfd, newsect))
1021 /* Compressed section. Check if we should decompress. */
1022 if ((abfd->flags & BFD_DECOMPRESS))
1023 action = decompress;
1027 /* Normal section. Check if we should compress. */
1028 if ((abfd->flags & BFD_COMPRESS) && newsect->size != 0)
1038 if (!bfd_init_section_compress_status (abfd, newsect))
1040 (*_bfd_error_handler)
1041 (_("%B: unable to initialize compress status for section %s"),
1047 unsigned int len = strlen (name);
1049 new_name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len + 2);
1050 if (new_name == NULL)
1054 memcpy (new_name + 2, name + 1, len);
1058 if (!bfd_init_section_decompress_status (abfd, newsect))
1060 (*_bfd_error_handler)
1061 (_("%B: unable to initialize decompress status for section %s"),
1067 unsigned int len = strlen (name);
1069 new_name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
1070 if (new_name == NULL)
1073 memcpy (new_name + 1, name + 2, len - 1);
1077 if (new_name != NULL)
1078 bfd_rename_section (abfd, newsect, new_name);
1084 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names[] = {
1085 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
1086 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
1087 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
1090 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
1091 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
1092 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
1093 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
1094 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
1095 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
1096 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
1097 function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
1098 relocatable output against an external symbol. */
1100 bfd_reloc_status_type
1101 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1102 arelent *reloc_entry,
1104 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1105 asection *input_section,
1107 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1109 if (output_bfd != NULL
1110 && (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0
1111 && (! reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace
1112 || reloc_entry->addend == 0))
1114 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
1115 return bfd_reloc_ok;
1118 return bfd_reloc_continue;
1121 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1125 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
1127 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1128 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
1131 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (obfd)
1132 || (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags
1133 == elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags));
1135 elf_gp (obfd) = elf_gp (ibfd);
1136 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
1137 elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
1139 /* Copy object attributes. */
1140 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd);
1145 get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type)
1150 case PT_NULL: pt = "NULL"; break;
1151 case PT_LOAD: pt = "LOAD"; break;
1152 case PT_DYNAMIC: pt = "DYNAMIC"; break;
1153 case PT_INTERP: pt = "INTERP"; break;
1154 case PT_NOTE: pt = "NOTE"; break;
1155 case PT_SHLIB: pt = "SHLIB"; break;
1156 case PT_PHDR: pt = "PHDR"; break;
1157 case PT_TLS: pt = "TLS"; break;
1158 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME: pt = "EH_FRAME"; break;
1159 case PT_GNU_STACK: pt = "STACK"; break;
1160 case PT_GNU_RELRO: pt = "RELRO"; break;
1161 default: pt = NULL; break;
1166 /* Print out the program headers. */
1169 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void *farg)
1171 FILE *f = (FILE *) farg;
1172 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
1174 bfd_byte *dynbuf = NULL;
1176 p = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
1181 fprintf (f, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1182 c = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
1183 for (i = 0; i < c; i++, p++)
1185 const char *pt = get_segment_type (p->p_type);
1190 sprintf (buf, "0x%lx", p->p_type);
1193 fprintf (f, "%8s off 0x", pt);
1194 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_offset);
1195 fprintf (f, " vaddr 0x");
1196 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_vaddr);
1197 fprintf (f, " paddr 0x");
1198 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_paddr);
1199 fprintf (f, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p->p_align));
1200 fprintf (f, " filesz 0x");
1201 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_filesz);
1202 fprintf (f, " memsz 0x");
1203 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_memsz);
1204 fprintf (f, " flags %c%c%c",
1205 (p->p_flags & PF_R) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1206 (p->p_flags & PF_W) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1207 (p->p_flags & PF_X) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1208 if ((p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X)) != 0)
1209 fprintf (f, " %lx", p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X));
1214 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
1217 unsigned int elfsec;
1218 unsigned long shlink;
1219 bfd_byte *extdyn, *extdynend;
1221 void (*swap_dyn_in) (bfd *, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn *);
1223 fprintf (f, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1225 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, s, &dynbuf))
1228 elfsec = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, s);
1229 if (elfsec == SHN_BAD)
1231 shlink = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec]->sh_link;
1233 extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn;
1234 swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in;
1237 extdynend = extdyn + s->size;
1238 for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn += extdynsize)
1240 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
1241 const char *name = "";
1243 bfd_boolean stringp;
1244 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
1246 (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, extdyn, &dyn);
1248 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL)
1255 if (bed->elf_backend_get_target_dtag)
1256 name = (*bed->elf_backend_get_target_dtag) (dyn.d_tag);
1258 if (!strcmp (name, ""))
1260 sprintf (ab, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn.d_tag);
1265 case DT_NEEDED: name = "NEEDED"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1266 case DT_PLTRELSZ: name = "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1267 case DT_PLTGOT: name = "PLTGOT"; break;
1268 case DT_HASH: name = "HASH"; break;
1269 case DT_STRTAB: name = "STRTAB"; break;
1270 case DT_SYMTAB: name = "SYMTAB"; break;
1271 case DT_RELA: name = "RELA"; break;
1272 case DT_RELASZ: name = "RELASZ"; break;
1273 case DT_RELAENT: name = "RELAENT"; break;
1274 case DT_STRSZ: name = "STRSZ"; break;
1275 case DT_SYMENT: name = "SYMENT"; break;
1276 case DT_INIT: name = "INIT"; break;
1277 case DT_FINI: name = "FINI"; break;
1278 case DT_SONAME: name = "SONAME"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1279 case DT_RPATH: name = "RPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1280 case DT_SYMBOLIC: name = "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1281 case DT_REL: name = "REL"; break;
1282 case DT_RELSZ: name = "RELSZ"; break;
1283 case DT_RELENT: name = "RELENT"; break;
1284 case DT_PLTREL: name = "PLTREL"; break;
1285 case DT_DEBUG: name = "DEBUG"; break;
1286 case DT_TEXTREL: name = "TEXTREL"; break;
1287 case DT_JMPREL: name = "JMPREL"; break;
1288 case DT_BIND_NOW: name = "BIND_NOW"; break;
1289 case DT_INIT_ARRAY: name = "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1290 case DT_FINI_ARRAY: name = "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1291 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1292 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ: name = "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1293 case DT_RUNPATH: name = "RUNPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1294 case DT_FLAGS: name = "FLAGS"; break;
1295 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY: name = "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1296 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1297 case DT_CHECKSUM: name = "CHECKSUM"; break;
1298 case DT_PLTPADSZ: name = "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1299 case DT_MOVEENT: name = "MOVEENT"; break;
1300 case DT_MOVESZ: name = "MOVESZ"; break;
1301 case DT_FEATURE: name = "FEATURE"; break;
1302 case DT_POSFLAG_1: name = "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1303 case DT_SYMINSZ: name = "SYMINSZ"; break;
1304 case DT_SYMINENT: name = "SYMINENT"; break;
1305 case DT_CONFIG: name = "CONFIG"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1306 case DT_DEPAUDIT: name = "DEPAUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1307 case DT_AUDIT: name = "AUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1308 case DT_PLTPAD: name = "PLTPAD"; break;
1309 case DT_MOVETAB: name = "MOVETAB"; break;
1310 case DT_SYMINFO: name = "SYMINFO"; break;
1311 case DT_RELACOUNT: name = "RELACOUNT"; break;
1312 case DT_RELCOUNT: name = "RELCOUNT"; break;
1313 case DT_FLAGS_1: name = "FLAGS_1"; break;
1314 case DT_VERSYM: name = "VERSYM"; break;
1315 case DT_VERDEF: name = "VERDEF"; break;
1316 case DT_VERDEFNUM: name = "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1317 case DT_VERNEED: name = "VERNEED"; break;
1318 case DT_VERNEEDNUM: name = "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1319 case DT_AUXILIARY: name = "AUXILIARY"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1320 case DT_USED: name = "USED"; break;
1321 case DT_FILTER: name = "FILTER"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1322 case DT_GNU_HASH: name = "GNU_HASH"; break;
1325 fprintf (f, " %-20s ", name);
1329 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, dyn.d_un.d_val);
1334 unsigned int tagv = dyn.d_un.d_val;
1336 string = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shlink, tagv);
1339 fprintf (f, "%s", string);
1348 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
1349 || (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL))
1351 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd, FALSE))
1355 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0)
1357 Elf_Internal_Verdef *t;
1359 fprintf (f, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1360 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef; t != NULL; t = t->vd_nextdef)
1362 fprintf (f, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t->vd_ndx,
1363 t->vd_flags, t->vd_hash,
1364 t->vd_nodename ? t->vd_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1365 if (t->vd_auxptr != NULL && t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr != NULL)
1367 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *a;
1370 for (a = t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr;
1374 a->vda_nodename ? a->vda_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1380 if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0)
1382 Elf_Internal_Verneed *t;
1384 fprintf (f, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1385 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref; t != NULL; t = t->vn_nextref)
1387 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a;
1389 fprintf (f, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1390 t->vn_filename ? t->vn_filename : "<corrupt>");
1391 for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr)
1392 fprintf (f, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a->vna_hash,
1393 a->vna_flags, a->vna_other,
1394 a->vna_nodename ? a->vna_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1406 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1409 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd *abfd,
1412 bfd_print_symbol_type how)
1414 FILE *file = (FILE *) filep;
1417 case bfd_print_symbol_name:
1418 fprintf (file, "%s", symbol->name);
1420 case bfd_print_symbol_more:
1421 fprintf (file, "elf ");
1422 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, symbol->value);
1423 fprintf (file, " %lx", (unsigned long) symbol->flags);
1425 case bfd_print_symbol_all:
1427 const char *section_name;
1428 const char *name = NULL;
1429 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
1430 unsigned char st_other;
1433 section_name = symbol->section ? symbol->section->name : "(*none*)";
1435 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
1436 if (bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all)
1437 name = (*bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all) (abfd, filep, symbol);
1441 name = symbol->name;
1442 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd, file, symbol);
1445 fprintf (file, " %s\t", section_name);
1446 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
1447 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
1448 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
1449 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
1450 if (symbol->section && bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
1451 val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_value;
1453 val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_size;
1454 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, val);
1456 /* If we have version information, print it. */
1457 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_section != 0
1458 && (elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_section != 0
1459 || elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_section != 0))
1461 unsigned int vernum;
1462 const char *version_string;
1464 vernum = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_VERSION;
1467 version_string = "";
1468 else if (vernum == 1)
1469 version_string = "Base";
1470 else if (vernum <= elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs)
1472 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[vernum - 1].vd_nodename;
1475 Elf_Internal_Verneed *t;
1477 version_string = "";
1478 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref;
1482 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a;
1484 for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr)
1486 if (a->vna_other == vernum)
1488 version_string = a->vna_nodename;
1495 if ((((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_HIDDEN) == 0)
1496 fprintf (file, " %-11s", version_string);
1501 fprintf (file, " (%s)", version_string);
1502 for (i = 10 - strlen (version_string); i > 0; --i)
1507 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
1508 st_other = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_other;
1513 case STV_INTERNAL: fprintf (file, " .internal"); break;
1514 case STV_HIDDEN: fprintf (file, " .hidden"); break;
1515 case STV_PROTECTED: fprintf (file, " .protected"); break;
1517 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
1519 fprintf (file, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other);
1522 fprintf (file, " %s", name);
1528 /* Allocate an ELF string table--force the first byte to be zero. */
1530 struct bfd_strtab_hash *
1531 _bfd_elf_stringtab_init (void)
1533 struct bfd_strtab_hash *ret;
1535 ret = _bfd_stringtab_init ();
1540 loc = _bfd_stringtab_add (ret, "", TRUE, FALSE);
1541 BFD_ASSERT (loc == 0 || loc == (bfd_size_type) -1);
1542 if (loc == (bfd_size_type) -1)
1544 _bfd_stringtab_free (ret);
1551 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
1553 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
1556 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex)
1558 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
1559 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *ehdr;
1560 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
1563 if (shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd))
1566 hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex];
1567 ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd);
1568 name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, ehdr->e_shstrndx,
1573 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
1574 switch (hdr->sh_type)
1577 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
1580 case SHT_PROGBITS: /* Normal section with contents. */
1581 case SHT_NOBITS: /* .bss section. */
1582 case SHT_HASH: /* .hash section. */
1583 case SHT_NOTE: /* .note section. */
1584 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY: /* .init_array section. */
1585 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY: /* .fini_array section. */
1586 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY: /* .preinit_array section. */
1587 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
1588 case SHT_GNU_HASH: /* .gnu.hash section. */
1589 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1591 case SHT_DYNAMIC: /* Dynamic linking information. */
1592 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1594 if (hdr->sh_link > elf_numsections (abfd))
1596 /* PR 10478: Accept Solaris binaries with a sh_link
1597 field set to SHN_BEFORE or SHN_AFTER. */
1598 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
1601 case bfd_arch_sparc:
1602 if (hdr->sh_link == (SHN_LORESERVE & 0xffff) /* SHN_BEFORE */
1603 || hdr->sh_link == ((SHN_LORESERVE + 1) & 0xffff) /* SHN_AFTER */)
1605 /* Otherwise fall through. */
1610 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link] == NULL)
1612 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_STRTAB)
1614 Elf_Internal_Shdr *dynsymhdr;
1616 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
1617 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
1618 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
1619 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) != 0)
1621 dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)];
1622 hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link;
1626 unsigned int i, num_sec;
1628 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1629 for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++)
1631 dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1632 if (dynsymhdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
1634 hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link;
1642 case SHT_SYMTAB: /* A symbol table */
1643 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == shindex)
1646 if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym)
1648 if (hdr->sh_info * hdr->sh_entsize > hdr->sh_size)
1650 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
1652 /* Some assemblers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
1653 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
1654 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
1658 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0);
1659 elf_onesymtab (abfd) = shindex;
1660 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr = *hdr;
1661 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
1662 abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS;
1664 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
1665 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
1666 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
1667 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
1668 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
1670 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0
1671 && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0
1672 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1676 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
1677 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
1678 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
1679 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd)]->sh_link != shindex)
1681 unsigned int i, num_sec;
1683 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1684 for (i = shindex + 1; i < num_sec; i++)
1686 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1687 if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1688 && hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
1692 for (i = 1; i < shindex; i++)
1694 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1695 if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1696 && hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
1700 return bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i);
1704 case SHT_DYNSYM: /* A dynamic symbol table */
1705 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == shindex)
1708 if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym)
1710 if (hdr->sh_info * hdr->sh_entsize > hdr->sh_size)
1712 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
1714 /* Some linkers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
1715 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
1716 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
1720 BFD_ASSERT (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0);
1721 elf_dynsymtab (abfd) = shindex;
1722 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr = *hdr;
1723 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr;
1724 abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS;
1726 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
1727 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
1728 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1730 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections */
1731 if (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) == shindex)
1734 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) == 0);
1735 elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) = shindex;
1736 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr = *hdr;
1737 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
1740 case SHT_STRTAB: /* A string table */
1741 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
1743 if (ehdr->e_shstrndx == shindex)
1745 elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr = *hdr;
1746 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
1749 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_onesymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex)
1752 elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr = *hdr;
1753 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
1756 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex)
1759 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr = *hdr;
1760 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr;
1761 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr;
1762 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
1764 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1768 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
1769 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
1770 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
1771 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
1773 unsigned int i, num_sec;
1775 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1776 for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++)
1778 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1779 if (hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
1781 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
1784 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i))
1786 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == i)
1788 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == i)
1789 goto dynsymtab_strtab;
1793 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1797 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
1799 asection *target_sect;
1800 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2, **p_hdr;
1801 unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1802 struct bfd_elf_section_data *esdt;
1806 != (bfd_size_type) (hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL
1807 ? bed->s->sizeof_rel : bed->s->sizeof_rela))
1810 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
1811 if (hdr->sh_link >= num_sec)
1813 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
1814 (_("%B: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
1815 abfd, hdr->sh_link, name, shindex));
1816 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1820 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
1821 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
1822 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
1823 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
1824 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
1825 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
1826 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything.
1828 Don't do it on executable nor shared library. */
1829 if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0
1830 && elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB
1831 && elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_DYNSYM)
1837 for (scan = 1; scan < num_sec; scan++)
1839 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
1840 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
1851 hdr->sh_link = found;
1854 /* Get the symbol table. */
1855 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
1856 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
1857 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_link))
1860 /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we
1861 don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately
1862 represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't
1863 try. We just present it as a normal section. We also
1864 can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null
1865 section, an invalid section, another reloc section, or its
1866 sh_link points to the null section. */
1867 if (hdr->sh_link != elf_onesymtab (abfd)
1868 || hdr->sh_link == SHN_UNDEF
1869 || hdr->sh_info == SHN_UNDEF
1870 || hdr->sh_info >= num_sec
1871 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_REL
1872 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
1873 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1876 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_info))
1878 target_sect = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, hdr->sh_info);
1879 if (target_sect == NULL)
1882 esdt = elf_section_data (target_sect);
1883 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
1884 p_hdr = &esdt->rela.hdr;
1886 p_hdr = &esdt->rel.hdr;
1888 BFD_ASSERT (*p_hdr == NULL);
1889 amt = sizeof (*hdr2);
1890 hdr2 = (Elf_Internal_Shdr *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
1895 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr2;
1896 target_sect->reloc_count += NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr);
1897 target_sect->flags |= SEC_RELOC;
1898 target_sect->relocation = NULL;
1899 target_sect->rel_filepos = hdr->sh_offset;
1900 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
1901 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
1902 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
1904 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
1905 target_sect->use_rela_p = 1;
1907 abfd->flags |= HAS_RELOC;
1911 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
1912 elf_dynverdef (abfd) = shindex;
1913 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr = *hdr;
1914 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1916 case SHT_GNU_versym:
1917 if (hdr->sh_entsize != sizeof (Elf_External_Versym))
1919 elf_dynversym (abfd) = shindex;
1920 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_hdr = *hdr;
1921 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1923 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
1924 elf_dynverref (abfd) = shindex;
1925 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr = *hdr;
1926 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1932 if (! IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (hdr, GRP_ENTRY_SIZE))
1934 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1936 if (hdr->contents != NULL)
1938 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) hdr->contents;
1939 unsigned int n_elt = hdr->sh_size / GRP_ENTRY_SIZE;
1942 if (idx->flags & GRP_COMDAT)
1943 hdr->bfd_section->flags
1944 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
1946 /* We try to keep the same section order as it comes in. */
1948 while (--n_elt != 0)
1952 if (idx->shdr != NULL
1953 && (s = idx->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL
1954 && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL)
1956 elf_next_in_group (hdr->bfd_section) = s;
1964 /* Possibly an attributes section. */
1965 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_ATTRIBUTES
1966 || hdr->sh_type == bed->obj_attrs_section_type)
1968 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1970 _bfd_elf_parse_attributes (abfd, hdr);
1974 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
1975 if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1978 if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOUSER && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIUSER)
1980 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
1981 /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved
1982 for applications? */
1983 (*_bfd_error_handler)
1984 (_("%B: don't know how to handle allocated, application "
1985 "specific section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
1986 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
1988 /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */
1989 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1992 else if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOPROC
1993 && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIPROC)
1994 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
1995 (*_bfd_error_handler)
1996 (_("%B: don't know how to handle processor specific section "
1998 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
1999 else if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOOS && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIOS)
2001 /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */
2002 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING) != 0)
2003 /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is
2004 required to correctly process the section and the file should
2005 be rejected with an error message. */
2006 (*_bfd_error_handler)
2007 (_("%B: don't know how to handle OS specific section "
2009 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
2011 /* Otherwise it should be processed. */
2012 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
2015 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2016 (*_bfd_error_handler)
2017 (_("%B: don't know how to handle section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
2018 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
2026 /* Return the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX. */
2029 bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (struct sym_cache *cache,
2031 unsigned long r_symndx)
2033 unsigned int ent = r_symndx % LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE;
2035 if (cache->abfd != abfd || cache->indx[ent] != r_symndx)
2037 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
2038 unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)];
2039 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx;
2041 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
2042 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr, 1, r_symndx,
2043 &cache->sym[ent], esym, &eshndx) == NULL)
2046 if (cache->abfd != abfd)
2048 memset (cache->indx, -1, sizeof (cache->indx));
2051 cache->indx[ent] = r_symndx;
2054 return &cache->sym[ent];
2057 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
2061 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd *abfd, unsigned int sec_index)
2063 if (sec_index >= elf_numsections (abfd))
2065 return elf_elfsections (abfd)[sec_index]->bfd_section;
2068 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b[] =
2070 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2071 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2074 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c[] =
2076 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2077 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2080 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d[] =
2082 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2083 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2084 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2085 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2086 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2087 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2088 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2089 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC, SHF_ALLOC },
2090 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, SHF_ALLOC },
2091 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM, SHF_ALLOC },
2092 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2095 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f[] =
2097 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2098 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), 0, SHT_FINI_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2099 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2102 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g[] =
2104 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2105 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.lto_"), -1, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_EXCLUDE },
2106 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2107 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym, 0 },
2108 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef, 0 },
2109 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed, 0 },
2110 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST, SHF_ALLOC },
2111 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA, SHF_ALLOC },
2112 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH, SHF_ALLOC },
2113 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2116 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h[] =
2118 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH, SHF_ALLOC },
2119 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2122 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i[] =
2124 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2125 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), 0, SHT_INIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2126 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2127 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2130 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l[] =
2132 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2133 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2136 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n[] =
2138 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2139 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE, 0 },
2140 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2143 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p[] =
2145 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), 0, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2146 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2147 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2150 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r[] =
2152 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
2153 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
2154 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA, 0 },
2155 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL, 0 },
2156 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2159 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s[] =
2161 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2162 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2163 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB, 0 },
2164 /* See struct bfd_elf_special_section declaration for the semantics of
2165 this special case where .prefix_length != strlen (.prefix). */
2166 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2167 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2170 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t[] =
2172 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2173 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS },
2174 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS },
2175 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2178 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_z[] =
2180 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2181 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2182 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2183 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2184 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2187 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section * const special_sections[] =
2189 special_sections_b, /* 'b' */
2190 special_sections_c, /* 'c' */
2191 special_sections_d, /* 'd' */
2193 special_sections_f, /* 'f' */
2194 special_sections_g, /* 'g' */
2195 special_sections_h, /* 'h' */
2196 special_sections_i, /* 'i' */
2199 special_sections_l, /* 'l' */
2201 special_sections_n, /* 'n' */
2203 special_sections_p, /* 'p' */
2205 special_sections_r, /* 'r' */
2206 special_sections_s, /* 's' */
2207 special_sections_t, /* 't' */
2213 special_sections_z /* 'z' */
2216 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
2217 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name,
2218 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec,
2224 len = strlen (name);
2226 for (i = 0; spec[i].prefix != NULL; i++)
2229 int prefix_len = spec[i].prefix_length;
2231 if (len < prefix_len)
2233 if (memcmp (name, spec[i].prefix, prefix_len) != 0)
2236 suffix_len = spec[i].suffix_length;
2237 if (suffix_len <= 0)
2239 if (name[prefix_len] != 0)
2241 if (suffix_len == 0)
2243 if (name[prefix_len] != '.'
2244 && (suffix_len == -2
2245 || (rela && spec[i].type == SHT_REL)))
2251 if (len < prefix_len + suffix_len)
2253 if (memcmp (name + len - suffix_len,
2254 spec[i].prefix + prefix_len,
2264 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
2265 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
2268 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec;
2269 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2271 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2272 if (sec->name == NULL)
2275 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2276 spec = bed->special_sections;
2279 spec = _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name,
2280 bed->special_sections,
2286 if (sec->name[0] != '.')
2289 i = sec->name[1] - 'b';
2290 if (i < 0 || i > 'z' - 'b')
2293 spec = special_sections[i];
2298 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name, spec, sec->use_rela_p);
2302 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
2304 struct bfd_elf_section_data *sdata;
2305 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2306 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *ssect;
2308 sdata = (struct bfd_elf_section_data *) sec->used_by_bfd;
2311 sdata = (struct bfd_elf_section_data *) bfd_zalloc (abfd,
2315 sec->used_by_bfd = sdata;
2318 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2319 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2320 sec->use_rela_p = bed->default_use_rela_p;
2322 /* When we read a file, we don't need to set ELF section type and
2323 flags. They will be overridden in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr
2324 anyway. We will set ELF section type and flags for all linker
2325 created sections. If user specifies BFD section flags, we will
2326 set ELF section type and flags based on BFD section flags in
2327 elf_fake_sections. Special handling for .init_array/.fini_array
2328 output sections since they may contain .ctors/.dtors input
2329 sections. We don't want _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data to
2330 copy ELF section type from .ctors/.dtors input sections. */
2331 if (abfd->direction != read_direction
2332 || (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0)
2334 ssect = (*bed->get_sec_type_attr) (abfd, sec);
2337 || (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0
2338 || ssect->type == SHT_INIT_ARRAY
2339 || ssect->type == SHT_FINI_ARRAY))
2341 elf_section_type (sec) = ssect->type;
2342 elf_section_flags (sec) = ssect->attr;
2346 return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd, sec);
2349 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2351 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2352 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2353 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2354 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2356 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2357 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2358 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2359 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2360 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2361 of combined data+bss.
2363 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2364 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2365 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2366 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2367 into its initialized and uninitialized parts.
2372 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd,
2373 Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr,
2375 const char *type_name)
2383 split = ((hdr->p_memsz > 0)
2384 && (hdr->p_filesz > 0)
2385 && (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz));
2387 if (hdr->p_filesz > 0)
2389 sprintf (namebuf, "%s%d%s", type_name, hdr_index, split ? "a" : "");
2390 len = strlen (namebuf) + 1;
2391 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
2394 memcpy (name, namebuf, len);
2395 newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
2396 if (newsect == NULL)
2398 newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr;
2399 newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr;
2400 newsect->size = hdr->p_filesz;
2401 newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset;
2402 newsect->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
2403 newsect->alignment_power = bfd_log2 (hdr->p_align);
2404 if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD)
2406 newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
2407 newsect->flags |= SEC_LOAD;
2408 if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X)
2410 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
2412 newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE;
2415 if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W))
2417 newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
2421 if (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz)
2425 sprintf (namebuf, "%s%d%s", type_name, hdr_index, split ? "b" : "");
2426 len = strlen (namebuf) + 1;
2427 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
2430 memcpy (name, namebuf, len);
2431 newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
2432 if (newsect == NULL)
2434 newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr + hdr->p_filesz;
2435 newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr + hdr->p_filesz;
2436 newsect->size = hdr->p_memsz - hdr->p_filesz;
2437 newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset + hdr->p_filesz;
2438 align = newsect->vma & -newsect->vma;
2439 if (align == 0 || align > hdr->p_align)
2440 align = hdr->p_align;
2441 newsect->alignment_power = bfd_log2 (align);
2442 if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD)
2444 /* Hack for gdb. Segments that have not been modified do
2445 not have their contents written to a core file, on the
2446 assumption that a debugger can find the contents in the
2447 executable. We flag this case by setting the fake
2448 section size to zero. Note that "real" bss sections will
2449 always have their contents dumped to the core file. */
2450 if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
2452 newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
2453 if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X)
2454 newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE;
2456 if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W))
2457 newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
2464 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr, int hdr_index)
2466 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2468 switch (hdr->p_type)
2471 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "null");
2474 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "load");
2477 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "dynamic");
2480 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "interp");
2483 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "note"))
2485 if (! elf_read_notes (abfd, hdr->p_offset, hdr->p_filesz))
2490 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "shlib");
2493 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "phdr");
2495 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME:
2496 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index,
2500 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "stack");
2503 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "relro");
2506 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
2507 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2508 return bed->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "proc");
2512 /* Return the REL_HDR for SEC, assuming there is only a single one, either
2516 _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (asection *sec)
2518 if (elf_section_data (sec)->rel.hdr)
2520 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (sec)->rela.hdr == NULL);
2521 return elf_section_data (sec)->rel.hdr;
2524 return elf_section_data (sec)->rela.hdr;
2527 /* Allocate and initialize a section-header for a new reloc section,
2528 containing relocations against ASECT. It is stored in RELDATA. If
2529 USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA relocations; otherwise, we use REL
2533 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd *abfd,
2534 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data *reldata,
2536 bfd_boolean use_rela_p)
2538 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
2540 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2543 amt = sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr);
2544 BFD_ASSERT (reldata->hdr == NULL);
2545 rel_hdr = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
2546 reldata->hdr = rel_hdr;
2548 amt = sizeof ".rela" + strlen (asect->name);
2549 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
2552 sprintf (name, "%s%s", use_rela_p ? ".rela" : ".rel", asect->name);
2554 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd), name,
2556 if (rel_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
2558 rel_hdr->sh_type = use_rela_p ? SHT_RELA : SHT_REL;
2559 rel_hdr->sh_entsize = (use_rela_p
2560 ? bed->s->sizeof_rela
2561 : bed->s->sizeof_rel);
2562 rel_hdr->sh_addralign = (bfd_vma) 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
2563 rel_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
2564 rel_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
2565 rel_hdr->sh_size = 0;
2566 rel_hdr->sh_offset = 0;
2571 /* Return the default section type based on the passed in section flags. */
2574 bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (flagword flags)
2576 if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
2577 && (flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == 0)
2579 return SHT_PROGBITS;
2582 struct fake_section_arg
2584 struct bfd_link_info *link_info;
2588 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
2591 elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd, asection *asect, void *fsarg)
2593 struct fake_section_arg *arg = (struct fake_section_arg *)fsarg;
2594 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2595 struct bfd_elf_section_data *esd = elf_section_data (asect);
2596 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
2597 unsigned int sh_type;
2601 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
2606 this_hdr = &esd->this_hdr;
2608 this_hdr->sh_name = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
2609 asect->name, FALSE);
2610 if (this_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
2616 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
2618 if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
2619 || asect->user_set_vma)
2620 this_hdr->sh_addr = asect->vma;
2622 this_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
2624 this_hdr->sh_offset = 0;
2625 this_hdr->sh_size = asect->size;
2626 this_hdr->sh_link = 0;
2627 this_hdr->sh_addralign = (bfd_vma) 1 << asect->alignment_power;
2628 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
2629 copy_private_section_data. */
2631 this_hdr->bfd_section = asect;
2632 this_hdr->contents = NULL;
2634 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
2636 if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) != 0)
2637 sh_type = SHT_GROUP;
2639 sh_type = bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (asect->flags);
2641 if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NULL)
2642 this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type;
2643 else if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS
2644 && sh_type == SHT_PROGBITS
2645 && (asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
2647 /* Warn if we are changing a NOBITS section to PROGBITS, but
2648 allow the link to proceed. This can happen when users link
2649 non-bss input sections to bss output sections, or emit data
2650 to a bss output section via a linker script. */
2651 (*_bfd_error_handler)
2652 (_("warning: section `%A' type changed to PROGBITS"), asect);
2653 this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type;
2656 switch (this_hdr->sh_type)
2662 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY:
2663 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY:
2664 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY:
2671 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_hash_entry;
2675 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
2679 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_dyn;
2683 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rela_p)
2684 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rela;
2688 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rel_p)
2689 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rel;
2692 case SHT_GNU_versym:
2693 this_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Versym);
2696 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
2697 this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
2698 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2699 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
2701 if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0)
2702 this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs;
2704 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs == 0
2705 || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs);
2708 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
2709 this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
2710 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2711 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
2713 if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0)
2714 this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs;
2716 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs == 0
2717 || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs);
2721 this_hdr->sh_entsize = GRP_ENTRY_SIZE;
2725 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->arch_size == 64 ? 0 : 4;
2729 if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
2730 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC;
2731 if ((asect->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
2732 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_WRITE;
2733 if ((asect->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
2734 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_EXECINSTR;
2735 if ((asect->flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0)
2737 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MERGE;
2738 this_hdr->sh_entsize = asect->entsize;
2739 if ((asect->flags & SEC_STRINGS) != 0)
2740 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_STRINGS;
2742 if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect) != NULL)
2743 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_GROUP;
2744 if ((asect->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
2746 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_TLS;
2747 if (asect->size == 0
2748 && (asect->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
2750 struct bfd_link_order *o = asect->map_tail.link_order;
2752 this_hdr->sh_size = 0;
2755 this_hdr->sh_size = o->offset + o->size;
2756 if (this_hdr->sh_size != 0)
2757 this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS;
2761 if ((asect->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_EXCLUDE)) == SEC_EXCLUDE)
2762 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_EXCLUDE;
2764 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
2765 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
2766 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
2767 create the other. */
2768 if ((asect->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0)
2770 /* When doing a relocatable link, create both REL and RELA sections if
2773 /* Do the normal setup if we wouldn't create any sections here. */
2774 && esd->rel.count + esd->rela.count > 0
2775 && (arg->link_info->relocatable || arg->link_info->emitrelocations))
2777 if (esd->rel.count && esd->rel.hdr == NULL
2778 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd, &esd->rel, asect, FALSE))
2783 if (esd->rela.count && esd->rela.hdr == NULL
2784 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd, &esd->rela, asect, TRUE))
2790 else if (!_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd,
2792 ? &esd->rela : &esd->rel),
2798 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
2799 sh_type = this_hdr->sh_type;
2800 if (bed->elf_backend_fake_sections
2801 && !(*bed->elf_backend_fake_sections) (abfd, this_hdr, asect))
2804 if (sh_type == SHT_NOBITS && asect->size != 0)
2806 /* Don't change the header type from NOBITS if we are being
2807 called for objcopy --only-keep-debug. */
2808 this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type;
2812 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. Called from
2813 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions for gas, objcopy, and
2814 when ELF targets use the generic linker, ld. Called for ld -r
2815 from bfd_elf_final_link. */
2818 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *failedptrarg)
2820 bfd_boolean *failedptr = (bfd_boolean *) failedptrarg;
2821 asection *elt, *first;
2825 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
2827 if (((sec->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_LINKER_CREATED)) != SEC_GROUP)
2831 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info == 0)
2833 unsigned long symindx = 0;
2835 /* elf_group_id will have been set up by objcopy and the
2837 if (elf_group_id (sec) != NULL)
2838 symindx = elf_group_id (sec)->udata.i;
2842 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
2843 elf_section_syms. */
2844 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_syms (abfd) != NULL);
2845 symindx = elf_section_syms (abfd)[sec->index]->udata.i;
2847 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info = symindx;
2849 else if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info == (unsigned int) -2)
2851 /* The ELF backend linker sets sh_info to -2 when the group
2852 signature symbol is global, and thus the index can't be
2853 set until all local symbols are output. */
2854 asection *igroup = elf_sec_group (elf_next_in_group (sec));
2855 struct bfd_elf_section_data *sec_data = elf_section_data (igroup);
2856 unsigned long symndx = sec_data->this_hdr.sh_info;
2857 unsigned long extsymoff = 0;
2858 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
2860 if (!elf_bad_symtab (igroup->owner))
2862 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
2864 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (igroup->owner)->symtab_hdr;
2865 extsymoff = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
2867 h = elf_sym_hashes (igroup->owner)[symndx - extsymoff];
2868 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
2869 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
2870 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
2872 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info = h->indx;
2875 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
2877 if (sec->contents == NULL)
2880 sec->contents = (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sec->size);
2882 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
2883 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = sec->contents;
2884 if (sec->contents == NULL)
2891 loc = sec->contents + sec->size;
2893 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
2894 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
2895 start of the input section group. */
2896 first = elt = elf_next_in_group (sec);
2898 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
2899 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
2900 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
2901 directives, not that it matters. */
2908 s = s->output_section;
2910 && !bfd_is_abs_section (s))
2912 unsigned int idx = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
2915 H_PUT_32 (abfd, idx, loc);
2917 elt = elf_next_in_group (elt);
2922 if ((loc -= 4) != sec->contents)
2925 H_PUT_32 (abfd, sec->flags & SEC_LINK_ONCE ? GRP_COMDAT : 0, loc);
2928 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
2929 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
2930 in here too, while we're at it. */
2933 assign_section_numbers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
2935 struct elf_obj_tdata *t = elf_tdata (abfd);
2937 unsigned int section_number, secn;
2938 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
2939 struct bfd_elf_section_data *d;
2940 bfd_boolean need_symtab;
2944 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
2946 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
2947 if (link_info == NULL || link_info->relocatable)
2949 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
2950 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
2952 d = elf_section_data (sec);
2954 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_GROUP)
2956 if (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED)
2958 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
2959 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, sec);
2960 abfd->section_count--;
2963 d->this_idx = section_number++;
2968 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
2970 d = elf_section_data (sec);
2972 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type != SHT_GROUP)
2973 d->this_idx = section_number++;
2974 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->this_hdr.sh_name);
2977 d->rel.idx = section_number++;
2978 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rel.hdr->sh_name);
2985 d->rela.idx = section_number++;
2986 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rela.hdr->sh_name);
2992 t->shstrtab_section = section_number++;
2993 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name);
2994 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx = t->shstrtab_section;
2996 need_symtab = (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0
2997 || (link_info == NULL
2998 && ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC | HAS_RELOC))
3002 t->symtab_section = section_number++;
3003 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->symtab_hdr.sh_name);
3004 if (section_number > ((SHN_LORESERVE - 2) & 0xFFFF))
3006 t->symtab_shndx_section = section_number++;
3007 t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_name
3008 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
3009 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE);
3010 if (t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
3013 t->strtab_section = section_number++;
3014 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->strtab_hdr.sh_name);
3017 if (section_number >= SHN_LORESERVE)
3019 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: too many sections: %u"),
3020 abfd, section_number);
3024 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
3025 t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
3027 elf_numsections (abfd) = section_number;
3028 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum = section_number;
3030 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
3032 i_shdrp = (Elf_Internal_Shdr **) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, section_number,
3033 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *));
3034 if (i_shdrp == NULL)
3037 i_shdrp[0] = (Elf_Internal_Shdr *) bfd_zalloc (abfd,
3038 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr));
3039 if (i_shdrp[0] == NULL)
3041 bfd_release (abfd, i_shdrp);
3045 elf_elfsections (abfd) = i_shdrp;
3047 i_shdrp[t->shstrtab_section] = &t->shstrtab_hdr;
3050 i_shdrp[t->symtab_section] = &t->symtab_hdr;
3051 if (elf_numsections (abfd) > (SHN_LORESERVE & 0xFFFF))
3053 i_shdrp[t->symtab_shndx_section] = &t->symtab_shndx_hdr;
3054 t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section;
3056 i_shdrp[t->strtab_section] = &t->strtab_hdr;
3057 t->symtab_hdr.sh_link = t->strtab_section;
3060 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
3065 d = elf_section_data (sec);
3067 i_shdrp[d->this_idx] = &d->this_hdr;
3068 if (d->rel.idx != 0)
3069 i_shdrp[d->rel.idx] = d->rel.hdr;
3070 if (d->rela.idx != 0)
3071 i_shdrp[d->rela.idx] = d->rela.hdr;
3073 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
3075 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
3076 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
3077 the relocation entries apply. */
3078 if (d->rel.idx != 0)
3080 d->rel.hdr->sh_link = t->symtab_section;
3081 d->rel.hdr->sh_info = d->this_idx;
3083 if (d->rela.idx != 0)
3085 d->rela.hdr->sh_link = t->symtab_section;
3086 d->rela.hdr->sh_info = d->this_idx;
3089 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
3090 if ((d->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
3092 s = elf_linked_to_section (sec);
3095 /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */
3096 if (link_info != NULL)
3098 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
3099 if (discarded_section (s))
3102 (*_bfd_error_handler)
3103 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to discarded section `%A' of `%B'"),
3104 abfd, d->this_hdr.bfd_section,
3106 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
3107 size as the discarded one. */
3108 kept = _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s, link_info);
3111 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3117 s = s->output_section;
3118 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
3122 /* Handle objcopy. */
3123 if (s->output_section == NULL)
3125 (*_bfd_error_handler)
3126 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to removed section `%A' of `%B'"),
3127 abfd, d->this_hdr.bfd_section, s, s->owner);
3128 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3131 s = s->output_section;
3133 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3138 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
3139 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
3140 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
3142 const struct elf_backend_data *bed
3143 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3144 if (bed->link_order_error_handler)
3145 bed->link_order_error_handler
3146 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
3151 switch (d->this_hdr.sh_type)
3155 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
3156 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
3157 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
3158 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
3159 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
3160 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
3161 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
3163 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3165 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
3167 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL)
3171 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name);
3173 d->this_hdr.sh_info = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3177 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
3178 string section. We look for a section with the same name
3179 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
3180 field to point to this section. */
3181 if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec->name, ".stab")
3182 && strcmp (sec->name + strlen (sec->name) - 3, "str") == 0)
3187 len = strlen (sec->name);
3188 alc = (char *) bfd_malloc (len - 2);
3191 memcpy (alc, sec->name, len - 3);
3192 alc[len - 3] = '\0';
3193 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, alc);
3197 elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link = d->this_idx;
3199 /* This is a .stab section. */
3200 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize == 0)
3201 elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
3202 = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 8;
3209 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
3210 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
3211 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
3212 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3214 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr");
3216 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3219 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST:
3220 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
3221 list used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or
3222 the version strings. */
3223 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC)
3224 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
3226 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3231 case SHT_GNU_versym:
3232 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
3233 this hash table or version table is for. */
3234 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
3236 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3240 d->this_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section;
3244 for (secn = 1; secn < section_number; ++secn)
3245 if (i_shdrp[secn] == NULL)
3246 i_shdrp[secn] = i_shdrp[0];
3248 i_shdrp[secn]->sh_name = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
3249 i_shdrp[secn]->sh_name);
3254 sym_is_global (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym)
3256 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
3257 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3258 if (bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global)
3259 return (*bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global) (abfd, sym);
3261 return ((sym->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK | BSF_GNU_UNIQUE)) != 0
3262 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym))
3263 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym)));
3266 /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be
3267 output, that are duplicates or there is no BFD section. */
3270 ignore_section_sym (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym)
3272 elf_symbol_type *type_ptr;
3274 if ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0)
3277 type_ptr = elf_symbol_from (abfd, sym);
3278 return ((type_ptr != NULL
3279 && type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0
3280 && bfd_is_abs_section (sym->section))
3281 || !(sym->section->owner == abfd
3282 || (sym->section->output_section->owner == abfd
3283 && sym->section->output_offset == 0)
3284 || bfd_is_abs_section (sym->section)));
3287 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
3288 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
3291 elf_map_symbols (bfd *abfd)
3293 unsigned int symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
3294 asymbol **syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
3295 asymbol **sect_syms;
3296 unsigned int num_locals = 0;
3297 unsigned int num_globals = 0;
3298 unsigned int num_locals2 = 0;
3299 unsigned int num_globals2 = 0;
3306 fprintf (stderr, "elf_map_symbols\n");
3310 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
3312 if (max_index < asect->index)
3313 max_index = asect->index;
3317 sect_syms = (asymbol **) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, max_index, sizeof (asymbol *));
3318 if (sect_syms == NULL)
3320 elf_section_syms (abfd) = sect_syms;
3321 elf_num_section_syms (abfd) = max_index;
3323 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
3324 decided to output. */
3325 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
3327 asymbol *sym = syms[idx];
3329 if ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0
3331 && !ignore_section_sym (abfd, sym)
3332 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sym->section))
3334 asection *sec = sym->section;
3336 if (sec->owner != abfd)
3337 sec = sec->output_section;
3339 sect_syms[sec->index] = syms[idx];
3343 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
3344 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
3346 if (sym_is_global (abfd, syms[idx]))
3348 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd, syms[idx]))
3352 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most
3353 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
3354 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
3355 at least in that case. */
3356 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
3358 if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL)
3360 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, asect->symbol))
3367 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
3368 new_syms = (asymbol **) bfd_alloc2 (abfd, num_locals + num_globals,
3369 sizeof (asymbol *));
3371 if (new_syms == NULL)
3374 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
3376 asymbol *sym = syms[idx];
3379 if (sym_is_global (abfd, sym))
3380 i = num_locals + num_globals2++;
3381 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd, sym))
3386 sym->udata.i = i + 1;
3388 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
3390 if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL)
3392 asymbol *sym = asect->symbol;
3395 sect_syms[asect->index] = sym;
3396 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym))
3399 i = num_locals + num_globals2++;
3401 sym->udata.i = i + 1;
3405 bfd_set_symtab (abfd, new_syms, num_locals + num_globals);
3407 elf_num_locals (abfd) = num_locals;
3408 elf_num_globals (abfd) = num_globals;
3412 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
3413 ELF data structure. */
3415 static inline file_ptr
3416 align_file_position (file_ptr off, int align)
3418 return (off + align - 1) & ~(align - 1);
3421 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
3422 required section alignment. */
3425 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr *i_shdrp,
3429 if (align && i_shdrp->sh_addralign > 1)
3430 offset = BFD_ALIGN (offset, i_shdrp->sh_addralign);
3431 i_shdrp->sh_offset = offset;
3432 if (i_shdrp->bfd_section != NULL)
3433 i_shdrp->bfd_section->filepos = offset;
3434 if (i_shdrp->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
3435 offset += i_shdrp->sh_size;
3439 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
3440 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
3441 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
3444 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd *abfd,
3445 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
3447 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3448 struct fake_section_arg fsargs;
3450 struct bfd_strtab_hash *strtab = NULL;
3451 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shstrtab_hdr;
3452 bfd_boolean need_symtab;
3454 if (abfd->output_has_begun)
3457 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
3458 if (bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing)
3459 (*bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing) (abfd, link_info);
3461 if (! prep_headers (abfd))
3464 /* Post process the headers if necessary. */
3465 if (bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers)
3466 (*bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers) (abfd, link_info);
3468 fsargs.failed = FALSE;
3469 fsargs.link_info = link_info;
3470 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, elf_fake_sections, &fsargs);
3474 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd, link_info))
3477 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
3478 need_symtab = (link_info == NULL
3479 && (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0
3480 || ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC | HAS_RELOC))
3484 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
3485 int relocatable_p = ! (abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC));
3487 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd, &strtab, relocatable_p))
3492 if (link_info == NULL)
3494 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bfd_elf_set_group_contents, &failed);
3499 shstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
3500 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
3501 shstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
3502 shstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
3503 shstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
3504 shstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
3505 shstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
3506 shstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0;
3507 shstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0;
3508 /* sh_offset is set in assign_file_positions_except_relocs. */
3509 shstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1;
3511 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd, link_info))
3517 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
3519 off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos;
3521 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
3522 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
3524 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
3525 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
3526 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
3528 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
3529 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
3531 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
3533 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
3535 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
3536 || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd, strtab))
3538 _bfd_stringtab_free (strtab);
3541 abfd->output_has_begun = TRUE;
3546 /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we
3547 get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */
3549 static bfd_size_type
3550 get_program_header_size (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3554 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
3556 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
3557 and one for data. */
3560 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp");
3561 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
3563 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
3564 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
3565 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
3570 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL)
3572 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
3576 if (info != NULL && info->relro)
3578 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
3582 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->eh_frame_hdr)
3584 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
3588 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->stack_flags)
3590 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
3594 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3596 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
3597 && CONST_STRNEQ (s->name, ".note"))
3599 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
3601 /* Try to create just one PT_NOTE segment
3602 for all adjacent loadable .note* sections.
3603 gABI requires that within a PT_NOTE segment
3604 (and also inside of each SHT_NOTE section)
3605 each note is padded to a multiple of 4 size,
3606 so we check whether the sections are correctly
3608 if (s->alignment_power == 2)
3609 while (s->next != NULL
3610 && s->next->alignment_power == 2
3611 && (s->next->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
3612 && CONST_STRNEQ (s->next->name, ".note"))
3617 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3619 if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
3621 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
3627 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
3628 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3629 if (bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers)
3633 a = (*bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers) (abfd, info);
3639 return segs * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
3642 /* Find the segment that contains the output_section of section. */
3645 _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (bfd * abfd, asection * section)
3647 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3648 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
3650 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map,
3651 p = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
3657 for (i = m->count - 1; i >= 0; i--)
3658 if (m->sections[i] == section)
3665 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
3667 static struct elf_segment_map *
3668 make_mapping (bfd *abfd,
3669 asection **sections,
3674 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3679 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3680 amt += (to - from - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
3681 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3685 m->p_type = PT_LOAD;
3686 for (i = from, hdrpp = sections + from; i < to; i++, hdrpp++)
3687 m->sections[i - from] = *hdrpp;
3688 m->count = to - from;
3690 if (from == 0 && phdr)
3692 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
3693 m->includes_filehdr = 1;
3694 m->includes_phdrs = 1;
3700 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
3703 struct elf_segment_map *
3704 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd *abfd, asection *dynsec)
3706 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3708 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd,
3709 sizeof (struct elf_segment_map));
3713 m->p_type = PT_DYNAMIC;
3715 m->sections[0] = dynsec;
3720 /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */
3723 elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd,
3724 struct bfd_link_info *info,
3725 bfd_boolean remove_empty_load)
3727 struct elf_segment_map **m;
3728 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
3730 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
3731 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
3732 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
3733 sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is
3735 m = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
3738 unsigned int i, new_count;
3740 for (new_count = 0, i = 0; i < (*m)->count; i++)
3742 if (((*m)->sections[i]->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
3743 && (((*m)->sections[i]->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
3744 || (*m)->p_type != PT_LOAD))
3746 (*m)->sections[new_count] = (*m)->sections[i];
3750 (*m)->count = new_count;
3752 if (remove_empty_load && (*m)->p_type == PT_LOAD && (*m)->count == 0)
3758 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3759 if (bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map != NULL)
3761 if (!(*bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map) (abfd, info))
3768 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
3771 _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3774 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3775 asection **sections = NULL;
3776 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3777 bfd_boolean no_user_phdrs;
3779 no_user_phdrs = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map == NULL;
3782 info->user_phdrs = !no_user_phdrs;
3784 if (no_user_phdrs && bfd_count_sections (abfd) != 0)
3788 struct elf_segment_map *mfirst;
3789 struct elf_segment_map **pm;
3792 unsigned int phdr_index;
3793 bfd_vma maxpagesize;
3795 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment = TRUE;
3796 bfd_boolean writable;
3798 asection *first_tls = NULL;
3799 asection *dynsec, *eh_frame_hdr;
3801 bfd_vma addr_mask, wrap_to = 0;
3803 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
3805 sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc2 (bfd_count_sections (abfd),
3806 sizeof (asection *));
3807 if (sections == NULL)
3810 /* Calculate top address, avoiding undefined behaviour of shift
3811 left operator when shift count is equal to size of type
3813 addr_mask = ((bfd_vma) 1 << (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd) - 1)) - 1;
3814 addr_mask = (addr_mask << 1) + 1;
3817 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3819 if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
3823 /* A wrapping section potentially clashes with header. */
3824 if (((s->lma + s->size) & addr_mask) < (s->lma & addr_mask))
3825 wrap_to = (s->lma + s->size) & addr_mask;
3828 BFD_ASSERT (i <= bfd_count_sections (abfd));
3831 qsort (sections, (size_t) count, sizeof (asection *), elf_sort_sections);
3833 /* Build the mapping. */
3838 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
3839 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
3841 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp");
3842 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
3844 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3845 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3849 m->p_type = PT_PHDR;
3850 /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */
3851 m->p_flags = PF_R | PF_X;
3852 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
3853 m->includes_phdrs = 1;
3858 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3859 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3863 m->p_type = PT_INTERP;
3871 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
3872 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
3873 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
3877 maxpagesize = bed->maxpagesize;
3879 dynsec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
3881 && (dynsec->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
3884 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
3885 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
3886 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
3887 program headers we will need. */
3890 bfd_size_type phdr_size = elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size;
3892 if (phdr_size == (bfd_size_type) -1)
3893 phdr_size = get_program_header_size (abfd, info);
3894 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0
3895 || (sections[0]->lma & addr_mask) < phdr_size
3896 || ((sections[0]->lma & addr_mask) % maxpagesize
3897 < phdr_size % maxpagesize)
3898 || (sections[0]->lma & addr_mask & -maxpagesize) < wrap_to)
3899 phdr_in_segment = FALSE;
3902 for (i = 0, hdrpp = sections; i < count; i++, hdrpp++)
3905 bfd_boolean new_segment;
3909 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
3912 if (last_hdr == NULL)
3914 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
3915 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
3916 new_segment = FALSE;
3918 else if (last_hdr->lma - last_hdr->vma != hdr->lma - hdr->vma)
3920 /* If this section has a different relation between the
3921 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
3925 else if (hdr->lma < last_hdr->lma + last_size
3926 || last_hdr->lma + last_size < last_hdr->lma)
3928 /* If this section has a load address that makes it overlap
3929 the previous section, then we need a new segment. */
3932 /* In the next test we have to be careful when last_hdr->lma is close
3933 to the end of the address space. If the aligned address wraps
3934 around to the start of the address space, then there are no more
3935 pages left in memory and it is OK to assume that the current
3936 section can be included in the current segment. */
3937 else if ((BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr->lma + last_size, maxpagesize) + maxpagesize
3939 && (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr->lma + last_size, maxpagesize) + maxpagesize
3942 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
3943 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
3946 else if ((last_hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0
3947 && (hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) != 0)
3949 /* We don't want to put a loadable section after a
3950 nonloadable section in the same segment.
3951 Consider .tbss sections as loadable for this purpose. */
3954 else if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0)
3956 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
3957 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
3958 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
3959 new_segment = FALSE;
3962 && (hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0
3963 && (((last_hdr->lma + last_size - 1) & -maxpagesize)
3964 != (hdr->lma & -maxpagesize)))
3966 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
3967 segment, unless they are on the same page in memory
3968 anyhow. We already know that the last section does not
3969 bring us past the current section on the page, so the
3970 only case in which the new section is not on the same
3971 page as the previous section is when the previous section
3972 ends precisely on a page boundary. */
3977 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
3978 new_segment = FALSE;
3981 /* Allow interested parties a chance to override our decision. */
3982 if (last_hdr != NULL
3984 && info->callbacks->override_segment_assignment != NULL)
3986 = info->callbacks->override_segment_assignment (info, abfd, hdr,
3992 if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
3995 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
3996 if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD))
3997 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
3998 last_size = hdr->size;
4004 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
4005 header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */
4007 m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment);
4014 if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
4020 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4021 if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
4022 last_size = hdr->size;
4026 phdr_in_segment = FALSE;
4029 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment, but not if it's just
4031 if (last_hdr != NULL
4032 && (i - phdr_index != 1
4033 || ((last_hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD))
4034 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
4036 m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment);
4044 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4047 m = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd, dynsec);
4054 /* For each batch of consecutive loadable .note sections,
4055 add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't use bfd_get_section_by_name,
4056 because if we link together nonloadable .note sections and
4057 loadable .note sections, we will generate two .note sections
4058 in the output file. FIXME: Using names for section types is
4060 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
4062 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
4063 && CONST_STRNEQ (s->name, ".note"))
4068 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4069 if (s->alignment_power == 2)
4070 for (s2 = s; s2->next != NULL; s2 = s2->next)
4072 if (s2->next->alignment_power == 2
4073 && (s2->next->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
4074 && CONST_STRNEQ (s2->next->name, ".note")
4075 && align_power (s2->lma + s2->size, 2)
4081 amt += (count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
4082 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4086 m->p_type = PT_NOTE;
4090 m->sections[m->count - count--] = s;
4091 BFD_ASSERT ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0);
4094 m->sections[m->count - 1] = s;
4095 BFD_ASSERT ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0);
4099 if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
4107 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
4110 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4111 amt += (tls_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
4112 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4117 m->count = tls_count;
4118 /* Mandated PF_R. */
4120 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
4121 for (i = 0; i < (unsigned int) tls_count; ++i)
4123 BFD_ASSERT (first_tls->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL);
4124 m->sections[i] = first_tls;
4125 first_tls = first_tls->next;
4132 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
4134 eh_frame_hdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->eh_frame_hdr;
4135 if (eh_frame_hdr != NULL
4136 && (eh_frame_hdr->output_section->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
4138 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4139 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4143 m->p_type = PT_GNU_EH_FRAME;
4145 m->sections[0] = eh_frame_hdr->output_section;
4151 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->stack_flags)
4153 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4154 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4158 m->p_type = PT_GNU_STACK;
4159 m->p_flags = elf_tdata (abfd)->stack_flags;
4160 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
4166 if (info != NULL && info->relro)
4168 for (m = mfirst; m != NULL; m = m->next)
4170 if (m->p_type == PT_LOAD
4172 && m->sections[0]->vma >= info->relro_start
4173 && m->sections[0]->vma < info->relro_end)
4176 while (--i != (unsigned) -1)
4177 if ((m->sections[i]->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS))
4178 == (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS))
4181 if (i == (unsigned) -1)
4184 if (m->sections[i]->vma + m->sections[i]->size
4190 /* Make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when it isn't empty. */
4193 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4194 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4198 m->p_type = PT_GNU_RELRO;
4200 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
4208 elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map = mfirst;
4211 if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd, info, no_user_phdrs))
4214 for (count = 0, m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
4216 elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = count * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4221 if (sections != NULL)
4226 /* Sort sections by address. */
4229 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
4231 const asection *sec1 = *(const asection **) arg1;
4232 const asection *sec2 = *(const asection **) arg2;
4233 bfd_size_type size1, size2;
4235 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
4236 place the section into a segment. */
4237 if (sec1->lma < sec2->lma)
4239 else if (sec1->lma > sec2->lma)
4242 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
4243 the same, and this will do nothing. */
4244 if (sec1->vma < sec2->vma)
4246 else if (sec1->vma > sec2->vma)
4249 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
4251 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0)
4257 /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0
4258 here, but continue to try the next comparison. */
4259 if (sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index != 0)
4260 return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index;
4265 else if (TOEND (sec2))
4270 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
4271 before others at the same address. */
4273 size1 = (sec1->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec1->size : 0;
4274 size2 = (sec2->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec2->size : 0;
4281 return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index;
4284 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
4286 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
4287 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
4288 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
4289 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
4290 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
4293 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
4294 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
4296 /* In other words, something like:
4298 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
4299 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
4300 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
4301 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
4303 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
4305 which can can be collapsed into the expression below. */
4308 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma, ufile_ptr off, bfd_vma maxpagesize)
4310 return ((vma - off) % maxpagesize);
4314 print_segment_map (const struct elf_segment_map *m)
4317 const char *pt = get_segment_type (m->p_type);
4322 if (m->p_type >= PT_LOPROC && m->p_type <= PT_HIPROC)
4323 sprintf (buf, "LOPROC+%7.7x",
4324 (unsigned int) (m->p_type - PT_LOPROC));
4325 else if (m->p_type >= PT_LOOS && m->p_type <= PT_HIOS)
4326 sprintf (buf, "LOOS+%7.7x",
4327 (unsigned int) (m->p_type - PT_LOOS));
4329 snprintf (buf, sizeof (buf), "%8.8x",
4330 (unsigned int) m->p_type);
4334 fprintf (stderr, "%s:", pt);
4335 for (j = 0; j < m->count; j++)
4336 fprintf (stderr, " %s", m->sections [j]->name);
4342 write_zeros (bfd *abfd, file_ptr pos, bfd_size_type len)
4347 if (bfd_seek (abfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0)
4349 buf = bfd_zmalloc (len);
4352 ret = bfd_bwrite (buf, len, abfd) == len;
4357 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
4358 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
4362 assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd *abfd,
4363 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
4365 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4366 struct elf_segment_map *m;
4367 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs;
4368 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
4370 bfd_size_type maxpagesize;
4373 bfd_vma header_pad = 0;
4375 if (link_info == NULL
4376 && !_bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (abfd, link_info))
4380 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
4384 header_pad = m->header_size;
4389 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phoff = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4390 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phentsize = bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4394 /* PR binutils/12467. */
4395 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phoff = 0;
4396 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phentsize = 0;
4399 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum = alloc;
4401 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size == (bfd_size_type) -1)
4402 elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4404 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size
4405 >= alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr);
4409 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4413 /* We're writing the size in elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size,
4414 see assign_file_positions_except_relocs, so make sure we have
4415 that amount allocated, with trailing space cleared.
4416 The variable alloc contains the computed need, while elf_tdata
4417 (abfd)->program_header_size contains the size used for the
4419 See ld/emultempl/elf-generic.em:gld${EMULATION_NAME}_map_segments
4420 where the layout is forced to according to a larger size in the
4421 last iterations for the testcase ld-elf/header. */
4422 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size % bed->s->sizeof_phdr
4424 phdrs = (Elf_Internal_Phdr *)
4426 (elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size / bed->s->sizeof_phdr),
4427 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr));
4428 elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr = phdrs;
4433 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
4434 maxpagesize = bed->maxpagesize;
4436 off = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4437 off += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4438 if (header_pad < (bfd_vma) off)
4444 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs, j = 0;
4446 m = m->next, p++, j++)
4450 bfd_boolean no_contents;
4452 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
4453 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
4454 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
4455 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
4456 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
4458 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_type == ET_CORE
4459 && m->p_type == PT_NOTE))
4460 qsort (m->sections, (size_t) m->count, sizeof (asection *),
4463 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
4464 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
4465 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
4466 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
4467 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. */
4468 p->p_type = m->p_type;
4469 p->p_flags = m->p_flags;
4474 p->p_vaddr = m->sections[0]->vma - m->p_vaddr_offset;
4476 if (m->p_paddr_valid)
4477 p->p_paddr = m->p_paddr;
4478 else if (m->count == 0)
4481 p->p_paddr = m->sections[0]->lma - m->p_vaddr_offset;
4483 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4484 && (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
4486 /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores
4487 the maximum page size. When copying an executable with
4488 objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this
4489 value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which
4490 may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS
4491 segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying
4492 on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS
4494 if (m->p_align_valid)
4495 maxpagesize = m->p_align;
4497 p->p_align = maxpagesize;
4499 else if (m->p_align_valid)
4500 p->p_align = m->p_align;
4501 else if (m->count == 0)
4502 p->p_align = 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
4506 no_contents = FALSE;
4508 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4511 bfd_size_type align;
4512 unsigned int align_power = 0;
4514 if (m->p_align_valid)
4518 for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++)
4520 unsigned int secalign;
4522 secalign = bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, *secpp);
4523 if (secalign > align_power)
4524 align_power = secalign;
4526 align = (bfd_size_type) 1 << align_power;
4527 if (align < maxpagesize)
4528 align = maxpagesize;
4531 for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++)
4532 if ((m->sections[i]->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == 0)
4533 /* If we aren't making room for this section, then
4534 it must be SHT_NOBITS regardless of what we've
4535 set via struct bfd_elf_special_section. */
4536 elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) = SHT_NOBITS;
4538 /* Find out whether this segment contains any loadable
4541 for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++)
4542 if (elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) != SHT_NOBITS)
4544 no_contents = FALSE;
4548 off_adjust = vma_page_aligned_bias (p->p_vaddr, off, align);
4552 /* We shouldn't need to align the segment on disk since
4553 the segment doesn't need file space, but the gABI
4554 arguably requires the alignment and glibc ld.so
4555 checks it. So to comply with the alignment
4556 requirement but not waste file space, we adjust
4557 p_offset for just this segment. (OFF_ADJUST is
4558 subtracted from OFF later.) This may put p_offset
4559 past the end of file, but that shouldn't matter. */
4564 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
4565 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4566 else if (p->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC
4568 && strcmp (m->sections[0]->name, ".dynamic") != 0)
4571 (_("%B: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment is not the .dynamic section"),
4573 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4576 /* Set the note section type to SHT_NOTE. */
4577 else if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE)
4578 for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++)
4579 elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) = SHT_NOTE;
4585 if (m->includes_filehdr)
4587 if (!m->p_flags_valid)
4589 p->p_filesz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4590 p->p_memsz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4593 if (p->p_vaddr < (bfd_vma) off)
4595 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4596 (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers, try linking with -N"),
4598 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4603 if (!m->p_paddr_valid)
4608 if (m->includes_phdrs)
4610 if (!m->p_flags_valid)
4613 if (!m->includes_filehdr)
4615 p->p_offset = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4619 p->p_vaddr -= off - p->p_offset;
4620 if (!m->p_paddr_valid)
4621 p->p_paddr -= off - p->p_offset;
4625 p->p_filesz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4626 p->p_memsz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4629 p->p_filesz += header_pad;
4630 p->p_memsz += header_pad;
4634 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4635 || (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core))
4637 if (!m->includes_filehdr && !m->includes_phdrs)
4643 adjust = off - (p->p_offset + p->p_filesz);
4645 p->p_filesz += adjust;
4646 p->p_memsz += adjust;
4650 /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section
4651 maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in
4652 core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments.
4653 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos
4654 for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */
4655 for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++)
4658 bfd_size_type align;
4659 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
4662 this_hdr = &elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr;
4663 align = (bfd_size_type) 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, sec);
4665 if ((p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4666 || p->p_type == PT_TLS)
4667 && (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS
4668 || ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0
4669 && ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0
4670 || p->p_type == PT_TLS))))
4672 bfd_vma p_start = p->p_paddr;
4673 bfd_vma p_end = p_start + p->p_memsz;
4674 bfd_vma s_start = sec->lma;
4675 bfd_vma adjust = s_start - p_end;
4679 || p_end < p_start))
4681 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4682 (_("%B: section %A lma %#lx adjusted to %#lx"), abfd, sec,
4683 (unsigned long) s_start, (unsigned long) p_end);
4687 p->p_memsz += adjust;
4689 if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
4691 if (p->p_filesz + adjust < p->p_memsz)
4693 /* We have a PROGBITS section following NOBITS ones.
4694 Allocate file space for the NOBITS section(s) and
4696 adjust = p->p_memsz - p->p_filesz;
4697 if (!write_zeros (abfd, off, adjust))
4701 p->p_filesz += adjust;
4705 if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
4707 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
4711 this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off;
4712 off += this_hdr->sh_size;
4713 p->p_filesz = this_hdr->sh_size;
4719 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
4728 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD)
4730 this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off;
4731 if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
4732 off += this_hdr->sh_size;
4734 else if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS
4735 && (this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) != 0
4736 && this_hdr->sh_offset == 0)
4738 /* This is a .tbss section that didn't get a PT_LOAD.
4739 (See _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments "Create a
4740 final PT_LOAD".) Set sh_offset to the value it
4741 would have if we had created a zero p_filesz and
4742 p_memsz PT_LOAD header for the section. This
4743 also makes the PT_TLS header have the same
4745 bfd_vma adjust = vma_page_aligned_bias (this_hdr->sh_addr,
4747 this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off + adjust;
4750 if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
4752 p->p_filesz += this_hdr->sh_size;
4753 /* A load section without SHF_ALLOC is something like
4754 a note section in a PT_NOTE segment. These take
4755 file space but are not loaded into memory. */
4756 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
4757 p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size;
4759 else if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
4761 if (p->p_type == PT_TLS)
4762 p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size;
4764 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
4766 else if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0)
4767 p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size;
4770 if (align > p->p_align
4771 && !m->p_align_valid
4772 && (p->p_type != PT_LOAD
4773 || (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0))
4777 if (!m->p_flags_valid)
4780 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0)
4782 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) != 0)
4788 /* Check that all sections are in a PT_LOAD segment.
4789 Don't check funky gdb generated core files. */
4790 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD && bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core)
4792 bfd_boolean check_vma = TRUE;
4794 for (i = 1; i < m->count; i++)
4795 if (m->sections[i]->vma == m->sections[i - 1]->vma
4796 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m->sections[i])
4797 ->this_hdr), p) != 0
4798 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m->sections[i - 1])
4799 ->this_hdr), p) != 0)
4801 /* Looks like we have overlays packed into the segment. */
4806 for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++)
4808 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
4811 sec = m->sections[i];
4812 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(sec)->this_hdr);
4813 if (!ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_1 (this_hdr, p, check_vma, 0)
4814 && !ELF_TBSS_SPECIAL (this_hdr, p))
4816 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4817 (_("%B: section `%A' can't be allocated in segment %d"),
4819 print_segment_map (m);
4825 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
4829 /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */
4832 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd *abfd,
4833 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
4835 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4836 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrpp;
4837 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
4838 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs;
4839 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
4840 struct elf_segment_map *m;
4841 struct elf_segment_map *hdrs_segment;
4842 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr, filehdr_paddr;
4843 bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr, phdrs_paddr;
4845 unsigned int num_sec;
4849 i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
4850 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
4851 off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos;
4852 for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++)
4854 struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (abfd);
4855 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
4858 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL
4859 && (hdr->bfd_section->filepos != 0
4860 || (hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS
4861 && hdr->contents == NULL)))
4862 BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_offset == hdr->bfd_section->filepos);
4863 else if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
4865 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
4866 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4867 (_("%B: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
4869 (hdr->bfd_section == NULL
4871 : hdr->bfd_section->name));
4872 /* We don't need to page align empty sections. */
4873 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0 && hdr->sh_size != 0)
4874 off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off,
4877 off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off,
4879 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off,
4882 else if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
4883 && hdr->bfd_section == NULL)
4884 || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->symtab_section]
4885 || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->symtab_shndx_section]
4886 || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->strtab_section])
4887 hdr->sh_offset = -1;
4889 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
4892 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
4893 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
4897 phdrs_vaddr = bed->maxpagesize + bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4899 hdrs_segment = NULL;
4900 phdrs = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
4901 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs;
4906 if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD)
4909 if (m->includes_filehdr)
4911 filehdr_vaddr = p->p_vaddr;
4912 filehdr_paddr = p->p_paddr;
4914 if (m->includes_phdrs)
4916 phdrs_vaddr = p->p_vaddr;
4917 phdrs_paddr = p->p_paddr;
4918 if (m->includes_filehdr)
4921 phdrs_vaddr += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4922 phdrs_paddr += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4927 if (hdrs_segment != NULL && link_info != NULL)
4929 /* There is a segment that contains both the file headers and the
4930 program headers, so provide a symbol __ehdr_start pointing there.
4931 A program can use this to examine itself robustly. */
4933 struct elf_link_hash_entry *hash
4934 = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (link_info), "__ehdr_start",
4935 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
4936 /* If the symbol was referenced and not defined, define it. */
4938 && (hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new
4939 || hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
4940 || hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
4941 || hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_common))
4944 if (hdrs_segment->count != 0)
4945 /* The segment contains sections, so use the first one. */
4946 s = hdrs_segment->sections[0];
4948 /* Use the first (i.e. lowest-addressed) section in any segment. */
4949 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
4958 hash->root.u.def.value = filehdr_vaddr - s->vma;
4959 hash->root.u.def.section = s;
4963 hash->root.u.def.value = filehdr_vaddr;
4964 hash->root.u.def.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
4967 hash->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
4968 hash->def_regular = 1;
4973 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs;
4977 if (p->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO)
4979 const Elf_Internal_Phdr *lp;
4980 struct elf_segment_map *lm;
4982 if (link_info != NULL)
4984 /* During linking the range of the RELRO segment is passed
4986 for (lm = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, lp = phdrs;
4988 lm = lm->next, lp++)
4990 if (lp->p_type == PT_LOAD
4991 && lp->p_vaddr < link_info->relro_end
4992 && lp->p_vaddr + lp->p_filesz >= link_info->relro_end
4994 && lm->sections[0]->vma >= link_info->relro_start)
4998 /* PR ld/14207. If the RELRO segment doesn't fit in the
4999 LOAD segment, it should be removed. */
5000 BFD_ASSERT (lm != NULL);
5004 /* Otherwise we are copying an executable or shared
5005 library, but we need to use the same linker logic. */
5006 for (lp = phdrs; lp < phdrs + count; ++lp)
5008 if (lp->p_type == PT_LOAD
5009 && lp->p_paddr == p->p_paddr)
5014 if (lp < phdrs + count)
5016 p->p_vaddr = lp->p_vaddr;
5017 p->p_paddr = lp->p_paddr;
5018 p->p_offset = lp->p_offset;
5019 if (link_info != NULL)
5020 p->p_filesz = link_info->relro_end - lp->p_vaddr;
5021 else if (m->p_size_valid)
5022 p->p_filesz = m->p_size;
5025 p->p_memsz = p->p_filesz;
5026 /* Preserve the alignment and flags if they are valid. The
5027 gold linker generates RW/4 for the PT_GNU_RELRO section.
5028 It is better for objcopy/strip to honor these attributes
5029 otherwise gdb will choke when using separate debug files.
5031 if (!m->p_align_valid)
5033 if (!m->p_flags_valid)
5034 p->p_flags = (lp->p_flags & ~PF_W);
5038 memset (p, 0, sizeof *p);
5039 p->p_type = PT_NULL;
5042 else if (m->count != 0)
5044 if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD
5045 && (p->p_type != PT_NOTE
5046 || bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core))
5048 BFD_ASSERT (!m->includes_filehdr && !m->includes_phdrs);
5051 p->p_offset = m->sections[0]->filepos;
5052 for (i = m->count; i-- != 0;)
5054 asection *sect = m->sections[i];
5055 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_section_data (sect)->this_hdr;
5056 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
5058 p->p_filesz = (sect->filepos - m->sections[0]->filepos
5065 else if (m->includes_filehdr)
5067 p->p_vaddr = filehdr_vaddr;
5068 if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
5069 p->p_paddr = filehdr_paddr;
5071 else if (m->includes_phdrs)
5073 p->p_vaddr = phdrs_vaddr;
5074 if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
5075 p->p_paddr = phdrs_paddr;
5079 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
5084 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
5085 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
5086 VMAs must be known before this is called.
5088 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
5089 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and
5090 those that bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are
5091 stored in a normal bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't
5092 consider the former sort here, unless they form part of the loadable
5093 image. Reloc sections not assigned here will be handled later by
5094 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
5096 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
5099 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *abfd,
5100 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
5102 struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (abfd);
5103 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
5105 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
5107 if ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)) == 0
5108 && bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core)
5110 Elf_Internal_Shdr ** const i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
5111 unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
5112 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
5115 /* Start after the ELF header. */
5116 off = i_ehdrp->e_ehsize;
5118 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
5119 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
5120 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
5121 for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++)
5123 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
5126 if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
5127 && hdr->bfd_section == NULL)
5128 || i == tdata->symtab_section
5129 || i == tdata->symtab_shndx_section
5130 || i == tdata->strtab_section)
5132 hdr->sh_offset = -1;
5135 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
5142 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
5143 assignment of sections to segments. */
5144 if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd, link_info))
5147 /* And for non-load sections. */
5148 if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd, link_info))
5151 if (bed->elf_backend_modify_program_headers != NULL)
5153 if (!(*bed->elf_backend_modify_program_headers) (abfd, link_info))
5157 /* Write out the program headers. */
5158 alloc = tdata->program_header_size / bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
5159 if (bfd_seek (abfd, (bfd_signed_vma) bed->s->sizeof_ehdr, SEEK_SET) != 0
5160 || bed->s->write_out_phdrs (abfd, tdata->phdr, alloc) != 0)
5163 off = tdata->next_file_pos;
5166 /* Place the section headers. */
5167 off = align_file_position (off, 1 << bed->s->log_file_align);
5168 i_ehdrp->e_shoff = off;
5169 off += i_ehdrp->e_shnum * i_ehdrp->e_shentsize;
5171 tdata->next_file_pos = off;
5177 prep_headers (bfd *abfd)
5179 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form. */
5180 struct elf_strtab_hash *shstrtab;
5181 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
5183 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
5185 shstrtab = _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
5186 if (shstrtab == NULL)
5189 elf_shstrtab (abfd) = shstrtab;
5191 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG0] = ELFMAG0;
5192 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG1] = ELFMAG1;
5193 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG2] = ELFMAG2;
5194 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG3] = ELFMAG3;
5196 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] = bed->s->elfclass;
5197 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_DATA] =
5198 bfd_big_endian (abfd) ? ELFDATA2MSB : ELFDATA2LSB;
5199 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_VERSION] = bed->s->ev_current;
5201 if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
5202 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_DYN;
5203 else if ((abfd->flags & EXEC_P) != 0)
5204 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_EXEC;
5205 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
5206 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_CORE;
5208 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_REL;
5210 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
5212 case bfd_arch_unknown:
5213 i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_NONE;
5216 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
5217 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
5218 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
5219 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
5220 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
5221 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
5222 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
5223 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
5225 i_ehdrp->e_machine = bed->elf_machine_code;
5228 i_ehdrp->e_version = bed->s->ev_current;
5229 i_ehdrp->e_ehsize = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
5231 /* No program header, for now. */
5232 i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0;
5233 i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0;
5234 i_ehdrp->e_phnum = 0;
5236 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
5237 i_ehdrp->e_entry = bfd_get_start_address (abfd);
5238 i_ehdrp->e_shentsize = bed->s->sizeof_shdr;
5240 /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */
5241 if (abfd->flags & EXEC_P)
5242 /* It all happens later. */
5246 i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0;
5247 i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0;
5250 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name =
5251 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".symtab", FALSE);
5252 elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr.sh_name =
5253 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".strtab", FALSE);
5254 elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name =
5255 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".shstrtab", FALSE);
5256 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1
5257 || elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1
5258 || elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
5264 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
5265 of the loadable file image. */
5268 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (bfd *abfd)
5271 unsigned int i, num_sec;
5272 Elf_Internal_Shdr **shdrpp;
5274 off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos;
5276 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
5277 for (i = 1, shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd) + 1; i < num_sec; i++, shdrpp++)
5279 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdrp;
5282 if ((shdrp->sh_type == SHT_REL || shdrp->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
5283 && shdrp->sh_offset == -1)
5284 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp, off, TRUE);
5287 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
5291 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd *abfd)
5293 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
5294 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
5296 unsigned int count, num_sec;
5298 if (! abfd->output_has_begun
5299 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL))
5302 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
5305 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bed->s->write_relocs, &failed);
5309 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd);
5311 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
5312 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
5313 for (count = 1; count < num_sec; count++)
5315 if (bed->elf_backend_section_processing)
5316 (*bed->elf_backend_section_processing) (abfd, i_shdrp[count]);
5317 if (i_shdrp[count]->contents)
5319 bfd_size_type amt = i_shdrp[count]->sh_size;
5321 if (bfd_seek (abfd, i_shdrp[count]->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
5322 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp[count]->contents, amt, abfd) != amt)
5327 /* Write out the section header names. */
5328 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL
5329 && (bfd_seek (abfd, elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
5330 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd, elf_shstrtab (abfd))))
5333 if (bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing)
5334 (*bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing) (abfd,
5335 elf_tdata (abfd)->linker);
5337 if (!bed->s->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd))
5340 /* This is last since write_shdrs_and_ehdr can touch i_shdrp[0]. */
5341 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->after_write_object_contents)
5342 return (*elf_tdata (abfd)->after_write_object_contents) (abfd);
5348 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd *abfd)
5350 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
5351 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd);
5354 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
5357 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_section *asect)
5359 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
5360 unsigned int sec_index;
5362 if (elf_section_data (asect) != NULL
5363 && elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx != 0)
5364 return elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx;
5366 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect))
5367 sec_index = SHN_ABS;
5368 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect))
5369 sec_index = SHN_COMMON;
5370 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect))
5371 sec_index = SHN_UNDEF;
5373 sec_index = SHN_BAD;
5375 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
5376 if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section)
5378 int retval = sec_index;
5380 if ((*bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section) (abfd, asect, &retval))
5384 if (sec_index == SHN_BAD)
5385 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section);
5390 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
5394 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd *abfd, asymbol **asym_ptr_ptr)
5396 asymbol *asym_ptr = *asym_ptr_ptr;
5398 flagword flags = asym_ptr->flags;
5400 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
5401 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
5402 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
5403 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
5404 input sections rather than the output section. */
5405 if (asym_ptr->udata.i == 0
5406 && (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
5407 && asym_ptr->section)
5412 sec = asym_ptr->section;
5413 if (sec->owner != abfd && sec->output_section != NULL)
5414 sec = sec->output_section;
5415 if (sec->owner == abfd
5416 && (indx = sec->index) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd)
5417 && elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx] != NULL)
5418 asym_ptr->udata.i = elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx]->udata.i;
5421 idx = asym_ptr->udata.i;
5425 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
5426 which is used in a relocation entry. */
5427 (*_bfd_error_handler)
5428 (_("%B: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
5429 abfd, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr));
5430 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols);
5437 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx\n",
5438 (long) asym_ptr, asym_ptr->name, idx, (long) flags);
5446 /* Rewrite program header information. */
5449 rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
5451 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr;
5452 struct elf_segment_map *map;
5453 struct elf_segment_map *map_first;
5454 struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map;
5455 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
5458 unsigned int num_segments;
5459 bfd_boolean phdr_included = FALSE;
5460 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid;
5461 bfd_vma maxpagesize;
5462 struct elf_segment_map *phdr_adjust_seg = NULL;
5463 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num = 0;
5464 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
5466 bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
5467 iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd);
5470 pointer_to_map = &map_first;
5472 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
5473 maxpagesize = get_elf_backend_data (obfd)->maxpagesize;
5475 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
5476 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
5477 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
5478 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
5480 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
5481 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5482 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
5483 ? section->size : 0)
5485 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5486 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
5487 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \
5488 (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \
5489 && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5490 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
5492 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5493 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
5494 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \
5495 (section->lma >= base \
5496 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5497 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
5499 /* Handle PT_NOTE segment. */
5500 #define IS_NOTE(p, s) \
5501 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
5502 && elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE \
5503 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5504 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5505 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5507 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo
5509 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
5511 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
5515 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
5516 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
5517 p_memsz set to 0. */
5518 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
5520 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
5521 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
5522 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
5523 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
5525 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5526 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5527 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5529 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
5530 A section will be included if:
5531 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
5532 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
5533 2. It is an allocated section or a NOTE section in a PT_NOTE
5535 3. There is an output section associated with it,
5536 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
5537 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
5538 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
5539 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
5540 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
5541 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
5542 #define IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5543 ((((segment->p_paddr \
5544 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \
5545 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \
5546 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
5547 || IS_NOTE (segment, section)) \
5548 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
5549 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
5550 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5551 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
5552 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
5553 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
5554 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
5555 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
5556 || (segment->p_paddr \
5557 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma \
5558 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma) \
5559 || (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (ibfd, section), ".dynamic") \
5561 && !section->segment_mark)
5563 /* If the output section of a section in the input segment is NULL,
5564 it is removed from the corresponding output segment. */
5565 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5566 (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed) \
5567 && section->output_section != NULL)
5569 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
5570 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
5571 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
5573 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
5574 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
5575 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
5576 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
5577 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
5579 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
5580 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
5581 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
5582 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
5583 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
5585 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
5586 for (section = ibfd->sections; section != NULL; section = section->next)
5587 section->segment_mark = FALSE;
5589 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
5590 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
5591 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
5592 don't set the p_paddr_valid fields. */
5593 p_paddr_valid = FALSE;
5594 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5597 if (segment->p_paddr != 0)
5599 p_paddr_valid = TRUE;
5603 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
5604 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
5605 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
5606 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
5607 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5612 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment2;
5614 if (segment->p_type == PT_INTERP)
5615 for (section = ibfd->sections; section; section = section->next)
5616 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment, section))
5618 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
5619 assignment code will work. */
5620 segment->p_vaddr = section->vma;
5624 if (segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
5626 /* Remove PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
5627 if (segment->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO)
5628 segment->p_type = PT_NULL;
5632 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
5633 for (j = 0, segment2 = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; j < i; j++, segment2++)
5635 bfd_signed_vma extra_length;
5637 if (segment2->p_type != PT_LOAD
5638 || !SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment, segment2))
5641 /* Merge the two segments together. */
5642 if (segment2->p_vaddr < segment->p_vaddr)
5644 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
5646 extra_length = (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr)
5647 - SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr));
5649 if (extra_length > 0)
5651 segment2->p_memsz += extra_length;
5652 segment2->p_filesz += extra_length;
5655 segment->p_type = PT_NULL;
5657 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
5659 segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5664 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
5666 extra_length = (SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr)
5667 - SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr));
5669 if (extra_length > 0)
5671 segment->p_memsz += extra_length;
5672 segment->p_filesz += extra_length;
5675 segment2->p_type = PT_NULL;
5680 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
5681 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5685 unsigned int section_count;
5686 asection **sections;
5687 asection *output_section;
5689 bfd_vma matching_lma;
5690 bfd_vma suggested_lma;
5693 asection *first_section;
5694 bfd_boolean first_matching_lma;
5695 bfd_boolean first_suggested_lma;
5697 if (segment->p_type == PT_NULL)
5700 first_section = NULL;
5701 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
5702 for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0;
5704 section = section->next)
5706 /* Find the first section in the input segment, which may be
5707 removed from the corresponding output segment. */
5708 if (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed))
5710 if (first_section == NULL)
5711 first_section = section;
5712 if (section->output_section != NULL)
5717 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
5718 all of the sections we have selected. */
5719 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
5720 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
5721 map = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt);
5725 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
5726 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
5728 map->p_type = segment->p_type;
5729 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
5730 map->p_flags_valid = 1;
5732 /* If the first section in the input segment is removed, there is
5733 no need to preserve segment physical address in the corresponding
5735 if (!first_section || first_section->output_section != NULL)
5737 map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr;
5738 map->p_paddr_valid = p_paddr_valid;
5741 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
5742 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
5743 map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0
5744 && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize);
5745 map->includes_phdrs = 0;
5747 if (!phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
5749 map->includes_phdrs =
5750 (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
5751 && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz
5752 >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
5753 + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize)));
5755 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs)
5756 phdr_included = TRUE;
5759 if (section_count == 0)
5761 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
5762 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
5763 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
5764 a warning is produced. */
5765 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD)
5766 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: warning: Empty loadable segment"
5767 " detected, is this intentional ?\n"),
5771 *pointer_to_map = map;
5772 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
5777 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
5778 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
5779 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
5780 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
5782 1. None of the sections have been moved.
5783 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
5786 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
5787 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5788 of the first section.
5790 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
5791 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
5792 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
5793 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
5794 have to be created to contain the other sections.
5796 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
5797 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5798 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
5799 or segments to contain the other sections.
5801 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
5802 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
5803 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
5805 sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc2 (section_count, sizeof (asection *));
5806 if (sections == NULL)
5809 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
5810 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
5811 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
5812 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
5813 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
5818 first_matching_lma = TRUE;
5819 first_suggested_lma = TRUE;
5821 for (section = ibfd->sections;
5823 section = section->next)
5824 if (section == first_section)
5827 for (j = 0; section != NULL; section = section->next)
5829 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed))
5831 output_section = section->output_section;
5833 sections[j++] = section;
5835 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
5836 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
5837 correct value. Note - some backends require that
5838 p_paddr be left as zero. */
5840 && segment->p_vaddr != 0
5841 && !bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
5843 && output_section->lma != 0
5844 && output_section->vma == (segment->p_vaddr
5845 + (map->includes_filehdr
5848 + (map->includes_phdrs
5850 * iehdr->e_phentsize)
5852 map->p_paddr = segment->p_vaddr;
5854 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
5855 LMA address of the output section. */
5856 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr)
5857 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)
5858 || (bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
5859 && IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section, segment)))
5861 if (first_matching_lma || output_section->lma < matching_lma)
5863 matching_lma = output_section->lma;
5864 first_matching_lma = FALSE;
5867 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
5868 then it does not overlap any other section within that
5870 map->sections[isec++] = output_section;
5872 else if (first_suggested_lma)
5874 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
5875 first_suggested_lma = FALSE;
5878 if (j == section_count)
5883 BFD_ASSERT (j == section_count);
5885 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
5887 if (isec == section_count)
5889 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
5890 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
5891 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
5892 program header in the input BFD. */
5893 map->count = section_count;
5894 *pointer_to_map = map;
5895 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
5898 && !bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
5899 && matching_lma != map->p_paddr
5900 && !map->includes_filehdr
5901 && !map->includes_phdrs)
5902 /* There is some padding before the first section in the
5903 segment. So, we must account for that in the output
5905 map->p_vaddr_offset = matching_lma - map->p_paddr;
5912 if (!first_matching_lma)
5914 /* At least one section fits inside the current segment.
5915 Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the
5916 LMA of the first section that fitted. */
5917 map->p_paddr = matching_lma;
5921 /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment.
5922 Change the current segment's physical address to match
5923 the LMA of the first section. */
5924 map->p_paddr = suggested_lma;
5927 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
5928 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
5929 if (map->includes_filehdr)
5931 if (map->p_paddr >= iehdr->e_ehsize)
5932 map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_ehsize;
5935 map->includes_filehdr = FALSE;
5936 map->includes_phdrs = FALSE;
5940 if (map->includes_phdrs)
5942 if (map->p_paddr >= iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize)
5944 map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize;
5946 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
5947 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
5948 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
5949 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
5950 offset when we know the correct value. */
5951 phdr_adjust_num = iehdr->e_phnum;
5952 phdr_adjust_seg = map;
5955 map->includes_phdrs = FALSE;
5959 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
5960 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
5961 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
5962 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
5963 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
5964 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
5971 first_suggested_lma = TRUE;
5973 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
5974 for (j = 0; j < section_count; j++)
5976 section = sections[j];
5978 if (section == NULL)
5981 output_section = section->output_section;
5983 BFD_ASSERT (output_section != NULL);
5985 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr)
5986 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section))
5988 if (map->count == 0)
5990 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
5991 the beginning of the segment, then something is
5993 if (output_section->lma
5995 + (map->includes_filehdr ? iehdr->e_ehsize : 0)
5996 + (map->includes_phdrs
5997 ? iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize
6005 prev_sec = map->sections[map->count - 1];
6007 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
6008 and the start of this section is more than
6009 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
6010 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size,
6012 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section->lma, maxpagesize))
6013 || (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size
6014 > output_section->lma))
6016 if (first_suggested_lma)
6018 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
6019 first_suggested_lma = FALSE;
6026 map->sections[map->count++] = output_section;
6029 section->segment_mark = TRUE;
6031 else if (first_suggested_lma)
6033 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
6034 first_suggested_lma = FALSE;
6038 BFD_ASSERT (map->count > 0);
6040 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
6041 *pointer_to_map = map;
6042 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
6044 if (isec < section_count)
6046 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
6047 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
6048 and carry on looping. */
6049 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
6050 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
6051 map = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_alloc (obfd, amt);
6058 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
6059 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
6060 not yet been assigned. */
6062 map->p_type = segment->p_type;
6063 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
6064 map->p_flags_valid = 1;
6065 map->p_paddr = suggested_lma;
6066 map->p_paddr_valid = p_paddr_valid;
6067 map->includes_filehdr = 0;
6068 map->includes_phdrs = 0;
6071 while (isec < section_count);
6076 elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map = map_first;
6078 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
6079 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
6080 the offset if necessary. */
6081 if (phdr_adjust_seg != NULL)
6085 for (count = 0, map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next)
6088 if (count > phdr_adjust_num)
6089 phdr_adjust_seg->p_paddr
6090 -= (count - phdr_adjust_num) * iehdr->e_phentsize;
6095 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
6096 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
6098 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
6099 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
6100 #undef IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT
6101 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
6102 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
6103 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
6107 /* Copy ELF program header information. */
6110 copy_elf_program_header (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
6112 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr;
6113 struct elf_segment_map *map;
6114 struct elf_segment_map *map_first;
6115 struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map;
6116 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
6118 unsigned int num_segments;
6119 bfd_boolean phdr_included = FALSE;
6120 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid;
6122 iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd);
6125 pointer_to_map = &map_first;
6127 /* If all the segment p_paddr fields are zero, don't set
6128 map->p_paddr_valid. */
6129 p_paddr_valid = FALSE;
6130 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
6131 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
6134 if (segment->p_paddr != 0)
6136 p_paddr_valid = TRUE;
6140 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
6145 unsigned int section_count;
6147 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
6148 asection *first_section = NULL;
6149 asection *lowest_section;
6151 /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */
6152 for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0;
6154 section = section->next)
6156 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr);
6157 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr, segment))
6159 if (first_section == NULL)
6160 first_section = section;
6165 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
6166 all of the sections we have selected. */
6167 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
6168 if (section_count != 0)
6169 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
6170 map = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt);
6174 /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
6177 map->p_type = segment->p_type;
6178 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
6179 map->p_flags_valid = 1;
6180 map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr;
6181 map->p_paddr_valid = p_paddr_valid;
6182 map->p_align = segment->p_align;
6183 map->p_align_valid = 1;
6184 map->p_vaddr_offset = 0;
6186 if (map->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO)
6188 /* The PT_GNU_RELRO segment may contain the first a few
6189 bytes in the .got.plt section even if the whole .got.plt
6190 section isn't in the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. We won't
6191 change the size of the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
6192 map->p_size = segment->p_memsz;
6193 map->p_size_valid = 1;
6196 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
6197 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
6198 map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0
6199 && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize);
6201 map->includes_phdrs = 0;
6202 if (! phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
6204 map->includes_phdrs =
6205 (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
6206 && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz
6207 >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
6208 + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize)));
6210 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs)
6211 phdr_included = TRUE;
6214 lowest_section = first_section;
6215 if (section_count != 0)
6217 unsigned int isec = 0;
6219 for (section = first_section;
6221 section = section->next)
6223 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr);
6224 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr, segment))
6226 map->sections[isec++] = section->output_section;
6227 if (section->lma < lowest_section->lma)
6228 lowest_section = section;
6229 if ((section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
6233 /* Section lmas are set up from PT_LOAD header
6234 p_paddr in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr.
6235 If this header has a p_paddr that disagrees
6236 with the section lma, flag the p_paddr as
6238 if ((section->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
6239 seg_off = this_hdr->sh_offset - segment->p_offset;
6241 seg_off = this_hdr->sh_addr - segment->p_vaddr;
6242 if (section->lma - segment->p_paddr != seg_off)
6243 map->p_paddr_valid = FALSE;
6245 if (isec == section_count)
6251 if (map->includes_filehdr && lowest_section != NULL)
6252 /* We need to keep the space used by the headers fixed. */
6253 map->header_size = lowest_section->vma - segment->p_vaddr;
6255 if (!map->includes_phdrs
6256 && !map->includes_filehdr
6257 && map->p_paddr_valid)
6258 /* There is some other padding before the first section. */
6259 map->p_vaddr_offset = ((lowest_section ? lowest_section->lma : 0)
6260 - segment->p_paddr);
6262 map->count = section_count;
6263 *pointer_to_map = map;
6264 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
6267 elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map = map_first;
6271 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header
6275 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
6277 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6278 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
6281 if (elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr == NULL)
6284 if (ibfd->xvec == obfd->xvec)
6286 /* Check to see if any sections in the input BFD
6287 covered by ELF program header have changed. */
6288 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
6289 asection *section, *osec;
6290 unsigned int i, num_segments;
6291 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
6292 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
6294 bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
6296 /* Regenerate the segment map if p_paddr is set to 0. */
6297 if (bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero)
6300 /* Initialize the segment mark field. */
6301 for (section = obfd->sections; section != NULL;
6302 section = section->next)
6303 section->segment_mark = FALSE;
6305 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
6306 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
6310 /* PR binutils/3535. The Solaris linker always sets the p_paddr
6311 and p_memsz fields of special segments (DYNAMIC, INTERP) to 0
6312 which severly confuses things, so always regenerate the segment
6313 map in this case. */
6314 if (segment->p_paddr == 0
6315 && segment->p_memsz == 0
6316 && (segment->p_type == PT_INTERP || segment->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC))
6319 for (section = ibfd->sections;
6320 section != NULL; section = section->next)
6322 /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
6323 from the input BFD. */
6324 osec = section->output_section;
6326 osec->segment_mark = TRUE;
6328 /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */
6329 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr);
6330 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr, segment))
6332 /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
6333 removed. What else do we need to check? */
6335 || section->flags != osec->flags
6336 || section->lma != osec->lma
6337 || section->vma != osec->vma
6338 || section->size != osec->size
6339 || section->rawsize != osec->rawsize
6340 || section->alignment_power != osec->alignment_power)
6346 /* Check to see if any output section do not come from the
6348 for (section = obfd->sections; section != NULL;
6349 section = section->next)
6351 if (section->segment_mark == FALSE)
6354 section->segment_mark = FALSE;
6357 return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd, obfd);
6361 return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd, obfd);
6364 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
6367 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd,
6371 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
6374 Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr;
6375 bfd_boolean final_link = link_info != NULL && !link_info->relocatable;
6377 if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6378 || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
6381 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (osec) != NULL);
6383 /* For objcopy and relocatable link, don't copy the output ELF
6384 section type from input if the output BFD section flags have been
6385 set to something different. For a final link allow some flags
6386 that the linker clears to differ. */
6387 if (elf_section_type (osec) == SHT_NULL
6388 && (osec->flags == isec->flags
6390 && ((osec->flags ^ isec->flags)
6391 & ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC)) == 0)))
6392 elf_section_type (osec) = elf_section_type (isec);
6394 /* FIXME: Is this correct for all OS/PROC specific flags? */
6395 elf_section_flags (osec) |= (elf_section_flags (isec)
6396 & (SHF_MASKOS | SHF_MASKPROC));
6398 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
6399 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
6400 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
6401 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
6404 if (elf_sec_group (isec) == NULL
6405 || (elf_sec_group (isec)->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
6407 if (elf_section_flags (isec) & SHF_GROUP)
6408 elf_section_flags (osec) |= SHF_GROUP;
6409 elf_next_in_group (osec) = elf_next_in_group (isec);
6410 elf_section_data (osec)->group = elf_section_data (isec)->group;
6414 ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr;
6416 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
6417 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
6418 may be NULL at this point. */
6419 if ((ihdr->sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
6421 ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr;
6422 ohdr->sh_flags |= SHF_LINK_ORDER;
6423 elf_linked_to_section (osec) = elf_linked_to_section (isec);
6426 osec->use_rela_p = isec->use_rela_p;
6431 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
6432 field, and sometimes the info field. */
6435 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd,
6440 Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr;
6442 if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6443 || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
6446 ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr;
6447 ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr;
6449 ohdr->sh_entsize = ihdr->sh_entsize;
6451 if (ihdr->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
6452 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM
6453 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verneed
6454 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verdef)
6455 ohdr->sh_info = ihdr->sh_info;
6457 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd, isec, obfd, osec,
6461 /* Look at all the SHT_GROUP sections in IBFD, making any adjustments
6462 necessary if we are removing either the SHT_GROUP section or any of
6463 the group member sections. DISCARDED is the value that a section's
6464 output_section has if the section will be discarded, NULL when this
6465 function is called from objcopy, bfd_abs_section_ptr when called
6469 _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (bfd *ibfd, asection *discarded)
6473 for (isec = ibfd->sections; isec != NULL; isec = isec->next)
6474 if (elf_section_type (isec) == SHT_GROUP)
6476 asection *first = elf_next_in_group (isec);
6477 asection *s = first;
6478 bfd_size_type removed = 0;
6482 /* If this member section is being output but the
6483 SHT_GROUP section is not, then clear the group info
6484 set up by _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data. */
6485 if (s->output_section != discarded
6486 && isec->output_section == discarded)
6488 elf_section_flags (s->output_section) &= ~SHF_GROUP;
6489 elf_group_name (s->output_section) = NULL;
6491 /* Conversely, if the member section is not being output
6492 but the SHT_GROUP section is, then adjust its size. */
6493 else if (s->output_section == discarded
6494 && isec->output_section != discarded)
6496 s = elf_next_in_group (s);
6502 if (discarded != NULL)
6504 /* If we've been called for ld -r, then we need to
6505 adjust the input section size. This function may
6506 be called multiple times, so save the original
6508 if (isec->rawsize == 0)
6509 isec->rawsize = isec->size;
6510 isec->size = isec->rawsize - removed;
6514 /* Adjust the output section size when called from
6516 isec->output_section->size -= removed;
6524 /* Copy private header information. */
6527 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
6529 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6530 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
6533 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
6534 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
6535 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
6536 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
6537 already been worked out. */
6538 if (elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map == NULL && elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr != NULL)
6540 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd))
6544 return _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd, NULL);
6547 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
6548 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
6549 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
6550 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
6551 swap_out_syms function. */
6553 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
6554 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
6555 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
6556 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
6557 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
6560 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd *ibfd,
6565 elf_symbol_type *isym, *osym;
6567 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6568 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
6571 isym = elf_symbol_from (ibfd, isymarg);
6572 osym = elf_symbol_from (obfd, osymarg);
6575 && isym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0
6577 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym->symbol.section))
6581 shndx = isym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx;
6582 if (shndx == elf_onesymtab (ibfd))
6583 shndx = MAP_ONESYMTAB;
6584 else if (shndx == elf_dynsymtab (ibfd))
6585 shndx = MAP_DYNSYMTAB;
6586 else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->strtab_section)
6588 else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->shstrtab_section)
6589 shndx = MAP_SHSTRTAB;
6590 else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_shndx_section)
6591 shndx = MAP_SYM_SHNDX;
6592 osym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx = shndx;
6598 /* Swap out the symbols. */
6601 swap_out_syms (bfd *abfd,
6602 struct bfd_strtab_hash **sttp,
6605 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
6608 struct bfd_strtab_hash *stt;
6609 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
6610 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_shndx_hdr;
6611 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symstrtab_hdr;
6612 bfd_byte *outbound_syms;
6613 bfd_byte *outbound_shndx;
6616 bfd_boolean name_local_sections;
6618 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd))
6621 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
6622 stt = _bfd_elf_stringtab_init ();
6626 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6627 symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
6628 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
6629 symtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB;
6630 symtab_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
6631 symtab_hdr->sh_size = symtab_hdr->sh_entsize * (symcount + 1);
6632 symtab_hdr->sh_info = elf_num_locals (abfd) + 1;
6633 symtab_hdr->sh_addralign = (bfd_vma) 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
6635 symstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
6636 symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
6638 outbound_syms = (bfd_byte *) bfd_alloc2 (abfd, 1 + symcount,
6639 bed->s->sizeof_sym);
6640 if (outbound_syms == NULL)
6642 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
6645 symtab_hdr->contents = outbound_syms;
6647 outbound_shndx = NULL;
6648 symtab_shndx_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
6649 if (symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_name != 0)
6651 amt = (bfd_size_type) (1 + symcount) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6652 outbound_shndx = (bfd_byte *)
6653 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, 1 + symcount, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx));
6654 if (outbound_shndx == NULL)
6656 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
6660 symtab_shndx_hdr->contents = outbound_shndx;
6661 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX;
6662 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_size = amt;
6663 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_addralign = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6664 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6667 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
6669 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
6670 Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
6676 sym.st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
6677 sym.st_target_internal = 0;
6678 bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms, outbound_shndx);
6679 outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym;
6680 if (outbound_shndx != NULL)
6681 outbound_shndx += sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6685 = (bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
6686 && bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd));
6688 syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
6689 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
6691 Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
6692 bfd_vma value = syms[idx]->value;
6693 elf_symbol_type *type_ptr;
6694 flagword flags = syms[idx]->flags;
6697 if (!name_local_sections
6698 && (flags & (BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_GLOBAL)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM)
6700 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
6705 sym.st_name = (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (stt,
6708 if (sym.st_name == (unsigned long) -1)
6710 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
6715 type_ptr = elf_symbol_from (abfd, syms[idx]);
6717 if ((flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0
6718 && bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section))
6720 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
6721 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
6722 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
6723 sym.st_size = value;
6724 if (type_ptr == NULL
6725 || type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value == 0)
6726 sym.st_value = value >= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value));
6728 sym.st_value = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value;
6729 sym.st_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
6730 (abfd, syms[idx]->section);
6734 asection *sec = syms[idx]->section;
6737 if (sec->output_section)
6739 value += sec->output_offset;
6740 sec = sec->output_section;
6743 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
6744 if (! relocatable_p)
6746 sym.st_value = value;
6747 sym.st_size = type_ptr ? type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_size : 0;
6749 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec)
6751 && type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0)
6753 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
6754 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
6755 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
6756 shndx = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx;
6760 shndx = elf_onesymtab (abfd);
6763 shndx = elf_dynsymtab (abfd);
6766 shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_section;
6769 shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_section;
6772 shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_section;
6780 shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec);
6782 if (shndx == SHN_BAD)
6786 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
6787 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
6788 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
6789 demand of applications. For example, it
6790 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
6791 section of a symbol to be a section that is
6792 actually in the output file. */
6793 sec2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec->name);
6796 _bfd_error_handler (_("\
6797 Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
6798 syms[idx]->name ? syms[idx]->name : "<Local sym>",
6800 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
6801 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
6805 shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec2);
6806 BFD_ASSERT (shndx != SHN_BAD);
6810 sym.st_shndx = shndx;
6813 if ((flags & BSF_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
6815 else if ((flags & BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION) != 0)
6816 type = STT_GNU_IFUNC;
6817 else if ((flags & BSF_FUNCTION) != 0)
6819 else if ((flags & BSF_OBJECT) != 0)
6821 else if ((flags & BSF_RELC) != 0)
6823 else if ((flags & BSF_SRELC) != 0)
6828 if (syms[idx]->section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
6831 /* Processor-specific types. */
6832 if (type_ptr != NULL
6833 && bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type)
6834 type = ((*bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type)
6835 (&type_ptr->internal_elf_sym, type));
6837 if (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
6839 if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL)
6840 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
6842 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_SECTION);
6844 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section))
6846 #ifdef USE_STT_COMMON
6847 if (type == STT_OBJECT)
6848 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_COMMON);
6851 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, type);
6853 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms[idx]->section))
6854 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (((flags & BSF_WEAK)
6858 else if (flags & BSF_FILE)
6859 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FILE);
6862 int bind = STB_LOCAL;
6864 if (flags & BSF_LOCAL)
6866 else if (flags & BSF_GNU_UNIQUE)
6867 bind = STB_GNU_UNIQUE;
6868 else if (flags & BSF_WEAK)
6870 else if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL)
6873 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (bind, type);
6876 if (type_ptr != NULL)
6878 sym.st_other = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_other;
6879 sym.st_target_internal
6880 = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_target_internal;
6885 sym.st_target_internal = 0;
6888 bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms, outbound_shndx);
6889 outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym;
6890 if (outbound_shndx != NULL)
6891 outbound_shndx += sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6895 symstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_stringtab_size (stt);
6896 symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
6898 symstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
6899 symstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
6900 symstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
6901 symstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0;
6902 symstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0;
6903 symstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1;
6908 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
6910 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
6911 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
6912 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
6915 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
6919 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
6921 symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym;
6922 symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *));
6924 symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *);
6930 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
6934 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr;
6936 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
6938 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
6942 symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym;
6943 symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *));
6945 symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *);
6951 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6954 return (asect->reloc_count + 1) * sizeof (arelent *);
6957 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
6960 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd *abfd,
6967 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6969 if (! bed->s->slurp_reloc_table (abfd, section, symbols, FALSE))
6972 tblptr = section->relocation;
6973 for (i = 0; i < section->reloc_count; i++)
6974 *relptr++ = tblptr++;
6978 return section->reloc_count;
6982 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd *abfd, asymbol **allocation)
6984 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6985 long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, FALSE);
6988 bfd_get_symcount (abfd) = symcount;
6993 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd *abfd,
6994 asymbol **allocation)
6996 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6997 long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, TRUE);
7000 bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd) = symcount;
7004 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
7005 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
7006 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
7007 dynamic reloc section. */
7010 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
7015 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
7017 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
7021 ret = sizeof (arelent *);
7022 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
7023 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
7024 && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL
7025 || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA))
7026 ret += ((s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize)
7027 * sizeof (arelent *));
7032 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
7033 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
7034 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
7035 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
7036 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
7037 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
7038 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
7041 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd *abfd,
7045 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean);
7049 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
7051 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
7055 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
7057 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
7059 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
7060 && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL
7061 || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA))
7066 if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, s, syms, TRUE))
7068 count = s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize;
7070 for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
7081 /* Read in the version information. */
7084 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver)
7086 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
7087 unsigned int freeidx = 0;
7089 if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0)
7091 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
7092 Elf_External_Verneed *everneed;
7093 Elf_Internal_Verneed *iverneed;
7095 bfd_byte *contents_end;
7097 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr;
7099 elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = (Elf_Internal_Verneed *)
7100 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, hdr->sh_info, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed));
7101 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL)
7104 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = hdr->sh_info;
7106 contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
7107 if (contents == NULL)
7109 error_return_verref:
7110 elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = NULL;
7111 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = 0;
7114 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
7115 || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size)
7116 goto error_return_verref;
7118 if (hdr->sh_info && hdr->sh_size < sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed))
7119 goto error_return_verref;
7121 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed)
7122 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux));
7123 contents_end = contents + hdr->sh_size - sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed);
7124 everneed = (Elf_External_Verneed *) contents;
7125 iverneed = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref;
7126 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++, iverneed++)
7128 Elf_External_Vernaux *evernaux;
7129 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *ivernaux;
7132 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd, everneed, iverneed);
7134 iverneed->vn_bfd = abfd;
7136 iverneed->vn_filename =
7137 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
7139 if (iverneed->vn_filename == NULL)
7140 goto error_return_verref;
7142 if (iverneed->vn_cnt == 0)
7143 iverneed->vn_auxptr = NULL;
7146 iverneed->vn_auxptr = (struct elf_internal_vernaux *)
7147 bfd_alloc2 (abfd, iverneed->vn_cnt,
7148 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux));
7149 if (iverneed->vn_auxptr == NULL)
7150 goto error_return_verref;
7153 if (iverneed->vn_aux
7154 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed))
7155 goto error_return_verref;
7157 evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *)
7158 ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_aux));
7159 ivernaux = iverneed->vn_auxptr;
7160 for (j = 0; j < iverneed->vn_cnt; j++, ivernaux++)
7162 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd, evernaux, ivernaux);
7164 ivernaux->vna_nodename =
7165 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
7166 ivernaux->vna_name);
7167 if (ivernaux->vna_nodename == NULL)
7168 goto error_return_verref;
7170 if (j + 1 < iverneed->vn_cnt)
7171 ivernaux->vna_nextptr = ivernaux + 1;
7173 ivernaux->vna_nextptr = NULL;
7175 if (ivernaux->vna_next
7176 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) evernaux))
7177 goto error_return_verref;
7179 evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *)
7180 ((bfd_byte *) evernaux + ivernaux->vna_next));
7182 if (ivernaux->vna_other > freeidx)
7183 freeidx = ivernaux->vna_other;
7186 if (i + 1 < hdr->sh_info)
7187 iverneed->vn_nextref = iverneed + 1;
7189 iverneed->vn_nextref = NULL;
7191 if (iverneed->vn_next
7192 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed))
7193 goto error_return_verref;
7195 everneed = ((Elf_External_Verneed *)
7196 ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_next));
7203 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0)
7205 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
7206 Elf_External_Verdef *everdef;
7207 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef;
7208 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdefarr;
7209 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem;
7211 unsigned int maxidx;
7212 bfd_byte *contents_end_def, *contents_end_aux;
7214 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr;
7216 contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
7217 if (contents == NULL)
7219 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
7220 || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size)
7223 if (hdr->sh_info && hdr->sh_size < sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef))
7226 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef)
7227 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux));
7228 contents_end_def = contents + hdr->sh_size
7229 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef);
7230 contents_end_aux = contents + hdr->sh_size
7231 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux);
7233 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
7234 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
7236 everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents;
7238 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; ++i)
7240 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem);
7242 if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION)) > maxidx)
7243 maxidx = iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION);
7245 if (iverdefmem.vd_next
7246 > (size_t) (contents_end_def - (bfd_byte *) everdef))
7249 everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *)
7250 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdefmem.vd_next));
7253 if (default_imported_symver)
7255 if (freeidx > maxidx)
7260 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = (Elf_Internal_Verdef *)
7261 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, maxidx, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
7262 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
7265 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = maxidx;
7267 everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents;
7268 iverdefarr = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef;
7269 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++)
7271 Elf_External_Verdaux *everdaux;
7272 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux;
7275 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem);
7277 if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) == 0)
7279 error_return_verdef:
7280 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = NULL;
7281 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = 0;
7285 iverdef = &iverdefarr[(iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) - 1];
7286 memcpy (iverdef, &iverdefmem, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
7288 iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd;
7290 if (iverdef->vd_cnt == 0)
7291 iverdef->vd_auxptr = NULL;
7294 iverdef->vd_auxptr = (struct elf_internal_verdaux *)
7295 bfd_alloc2 (abfd, iverdef->vd_cnt,
7296 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux));
7297 if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL)
7298 goto error_return_verdef;
7302 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdef))
7303 goto error_return_verdef;
7305 everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *)
7306 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_aux));
7307 iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr;
7308 for (j = 0; j < iverdef->vd_cnt; j++, iverdaux++)
7310 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd, everdaux, iverdaux);
7312 iverdaux->vda_nodename =
7313 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
7314 iverdaux->vda_name);
7315 if (iverdaux->vda_nodename == NULL)
7316 goto error_return_verdef;
7318 if (j + 1 < iverdef->vd_cnt)
7319 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = iverdaux + 1;
7321 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL;
7323 if (iverdaux->vda_next
7324 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdaux))
7325 goto error_return_verdef;
7327 everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *)
7328 ((bfd_byte *) everdaux + iverdaux->vda_next));
7331 if (iverdef->vd_cnt)
7332 iverdef->vd_nodename = iverdef->vd_auxptr->vda_nodename;
7334 if ((size_t) (iverdef - iverdefarr) + 1 < maxidx)
7335 iverdef->vd_nextdef = iverdef + 1;
7337 iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL;
7339 everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *)
7340 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_next));
7346 else if (default_imported_symver)
7353 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = (Elf_Internal_Verdef *)
7354 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, freeidx, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
7355 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
7358 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = freeidx;
7361 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
7362 if (default_imported_symver)
7364 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef;
7365 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux;
7367 iverdef = &elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[freeidx - 1];;
7369 iverdef->vd_version = VER_DEF_CURRENT;
7370 iverdef->vd_flags = 0;
7371 iverdef->vd_ndx = freeidx;
7372 iverdef->vd_cnt = 1;
7374 iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd;
7376 iverdef->vd_nodename = bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd);
7377 if (iverdef->vd_nodename == NULL)
7378 goto error_return_verdef;
7379 iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL;
7380 iverdef->vd_auxptr = (struct elf_internal_verdaux *)
7381 bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux));
7382 if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL)
7383 goto error_return_verdef;
7385 iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr;
7386 iverdaux->vda_nodename = iverdef->vd_nodename;
7387 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL;
7393 if (contents != NULL)
7399 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd *abfd)
7401 elf_symbol_type *newsym;
7402 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (elf_symbol_type);
7404 newsym = (elf_symbol_type *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7409 newsym->symbol.the_bfd = abfd;
7410 return &newsym->symbol;
7415 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7419 bfd_symbol_info (symbol, ret);
7422 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
7423 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
7427 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7430 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
7431 if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == 'L')
7434 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
7435 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
7436 if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == '.')
7439 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
7440 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
7441 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
7442 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
7443 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
7444 we treat such symbols as local. */
7445 if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == '.' && name[2] == 'L' && name[3] == '_')
7452 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7453 asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7460 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd *abfd,
7461 enum bfd_architecture arch,
7462 unsigned long machine)
7464 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
7465 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
7466 if (arch != get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch
7467 && arch != bfd_arch_unknown
7468 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch != bfd_arch_unknown)
7471 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, machine);
7474 /* Find the function to a particular section and offset,
7475 for error reporting. */
7478 elf_find_function (bfd *abfd,
7482 const char **filename_ptr,
7483 const char **functionname_ptr)
7485 static asection *last_section;
7486 static asymbol *func;
7487 static const char *filename;
7488 static bfd_size_type func_size;
7490 if (symbols == NULL)
7493 if (last_section != section
7495 || offset < func->value
7496 || offset >= func->value + func_size)
7501 /* ??? Given multiple file symbols, it is impossible to reliably
7502 choose the right file name for global symbols. File symbols are
7503 local symbols, and thus all file symbols must sort before any
7504 global symbols. The ELF spec may be interpreted to say that a
7505 file symbol must sort before other local symbols, but currently
7506 ld -r doesn't do this. So, for ld -r output, it is possible to
7507 make a better choice of file name for local symbols by ignoring
7508 file symbols appearing after a given local symbol. */
7509 enum { nothing_seen, symbol_seen, file_after_symbol_seen } state;
7510 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7516 state = nothing_seen;
7518 last_section = section;
7520 for (p = symbols; *p != NULL; p++)
7526 if ((sym->flags & BSF_FILE) != 0)
7529 if (state == symbol_seen)
7530 state = file_after_symbol_seen;
7534 size = bed->maybe_function_sym (sym, section, &code_off);
7536 && code_off <= offset
7537 && (code_off > low_func
7538 || (code_off == low_func
7539 && size > func_size)))
7543 low_func = code_off;
7546 && ((sym->flags & BSF_LOCAL) != 0
7547 || state != file_after_symbol_seen))
7548 filename = bfd_asymbol_name (file);
7550 if (state == nothing_seen)
7551 state = symbol_seen;
7559 *filename_ptr = filename;
7560 if (functionname_ptr)
7561 *functionname_ptr = bfd_asymbol_name (func);
7566 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
7567 for error reporting. */
7570 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd *abfd,
7574 const char **filename_ptr,
7575 const char **functionname_ptr,
7576 unsigned int *line_ptr)
7578 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line_discriminator (abfd, section, symbols,
7579 offset, filename_ptr,
7586 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line_discriminator (bfd *abfd,
7590 const char **filename_ptr,
7591 const char **functionname_ptr,
7592 unsigned int *line_ptr,
7593 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr)
7597 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7598 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
7601 if (!*functionname_ptr)
7602 elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7603 *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr,
7609 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, dwarf_debug_sections,
7610 section, symbols, offset,
7611 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
7612 line_ptr, discriminator_ptr, 0,
7613 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info))
7615 if (!*functionname_ptr)
7616 elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7617 *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr,
7623 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, section, offset,
7624 &found, filename_ptr,
7625 functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
7626 &elf_tdata (abfd)->line_info))
7628 if (found && (*functionname_ptr || *line_ptr))
7631 if (symbols == NULL)
7634 if (! elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7635 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr))
7642 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
7645 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd *abfd, asymbol **symbols, asymbol *symbol,
7646 const char **filename_ptr, unsigned int *line_ptr)
7648 return _bfd_elf_find_line_discriminator (abfd, symbols, symbol,
7649 filename_ptr, line_ptr,
7654 _bfd_elf_find_line_discriminator (bfd *abfd, asymbol **symbols, asymbol *symbol,
7655 const char **filename_ptr,
7656 unsigned int *line_ptr,
7657 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr)
7659 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_line (abfd, symbols, symbol,
7660 filename_ptr, line_ptr, discriminator_ptr, 0,
7661 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info);
7664 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
7665 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
7666 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
7667 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
7668 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
7671 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd *abfd,
7672 const char **filename_ptr,
7673 const char **functionname_ptr,
7674 unsigned int *line_ptr)
7677 found = _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd, filename_ptr,
7678 functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
7679 & elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info);
7684 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
7686 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7687 int ret = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
7689 if (!info->relocatable)
7691 bfd_size_type phdr_size = elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size;
7693 if (phdr_size == (bfd_size_type) -1)
7695 struct elf_segment_map *m;
7698 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
7699 phdr_size += bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
7702 phdr_size = get_program_header_size (abfd, info);
7705 elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = phdr_size;
7713 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd *abfd,
7715 const void *location,
7717 bfd_size_type count)
7719 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
7722 if (! abfd->output_has_begun
7723 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL))
7726 hdr = &elf_section_data (section)->this_hdr;
7727 pos = hdr->sh_offset + offset;
7728 if (bfd_seek (abfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
7729 || bfd_bwrite (location, count, abfd) != count)
7736 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7737 arelent *cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7738 Elf_Internal_Rela *dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7743 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
7746 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *areloc)
7748 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
7750 if ((*areloc->sym_ptr_ptr)->the_bfd->xvec != abfd->xvec)
7752 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code;
7753 reloc_howto_type *howto;
7755 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
7756 equivalent ELF reloc. */
7758 if (areloc->howto->pc_relative)
7760 switch (areloc->howto->bitsize)
7763 code = BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL;
7766 code = BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL;
7769 code = BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL;
7772 code = BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL;
7775 code = BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL;
7778 code = BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL;
7784 howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code);
7786 if (areloc->howto->pcrel_offset != howto->pcrel_offset)
7788 if (howto->pcrel_offset)
7789 areloc->addend += areloc->address;
7791 areloc->addend -= areloc->address; /* addend is unsigned!! */
7796 switch (areloc->howto->bitsize)
7802 code = BFD_RELOC_14;
7805 code = BFD_RELOC_16;
7808 code = BFD_RELOC_26;
7811 code = BFD_RELOC_32;
7814 code = BFD_RELOC_64;
7820 howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code);
7824 areloc->howto = howto;
7832 (*_bfd_error_handler)
7833 (_("%B: unsupported relocation type %s"),
7834 abfd, areloc->howto->name);
7835 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7840 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd *abfd)
7842 struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (abfd);
7843 if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object && tdata != NULL)
7845 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL)
7846 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
7847 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd, &tdata->dwarf2_find_line_info);
7850 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd);
7853 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
7854 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
7855 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
7858 bfd_reloc_status_type
7859 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
7860 (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7861 struct bfd_symbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7862 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7863 bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7865 return bfd_reloc_ok;
7868 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
7869 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
7870 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
7871 out details about the corefile. */
7873 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
7874 /* Needed for new procfs interface on sparc-solaris. */
7875 # define _STRUCTURED_PROC 1
7876 # include <sys/procfs.h>
7879 /* Return a PID that identifies a "thread" for threaded cores, or the
7880 PID of the main process for non-threaded cores. */
7883 elfcore_make_pid (bfd *abfd)
7887 pid = elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid;
7889 pid = elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid;
7894 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
7895 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
7896 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
7900 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd *abfd, char *name, asection *sect)
7904 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name) != NULL)
7907 sect2 = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, name, sect->flags);
7911 sect2->size = sect->size;
7912 sect2->filepos = sect->filepos;
7913 sect2->alignment_power = sect->alignment_power;
7917 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
7918 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
7919 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
7920 such a section already exists.
7921 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
7922 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
7923 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
7925 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd *abfd,
7931 char *threaded_name;
7935 /* Build the section name. */
7937 sprintf (buf, "%s/%d", name, elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
7938 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7939 threaded_name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7940 if (threaded_name == NULL)
7942 memcpy (threaded_name, buf, len);
7944 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, threaded_name,
7949 sect->filepos = filepos;
7950 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7952 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, name, sect);
7955 /* prstatus_t exists on:
7957 linux 2.[01] + glibc
7961 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
7964 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7969 if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus_t))
7973 size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg);
7974 offset = offsetof (prstatus_t, pr_reg);
7975 memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat));
7977 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
7978 has already been set by another thread. */
7979 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal == 0)
7980 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = prstat.pr_cursig;
7981 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid == 0)
7982 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = prstat.pr_pid;
7984 /* pr_who exists on:
7987 pr_who doesn't exist on:
7990 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
7991 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_who;
7993 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_pid;
7996 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
7997 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus32_t))
7999 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
8000 prstatus32_t prstat;
8002 size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg);
8003 offset = offsetof (prstatus32_t, pr_reg);
8004 memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat));
8006 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
8007 has already been set by another thread. */
8008 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal == 0)
8009 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = prstat.pr_cursig;
8010 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid == 0)
8011 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = prstat.pr_pid;
8013 /* pr_who exists on:
8016 pr_who doesn't exist on:
8019 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
8020 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_who;
8022 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_pid;
8025 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
8028 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
8029 note size (ie. data object type). */
8033 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
8034 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
8035 size, note->descpos + offset);
8037 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
8039 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
8041 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd *abfd,
8043 Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8045 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, name,
8046 note->descsz, note->descpos);
8049 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
8050 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
8051 data structure apart. */
8054 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8056 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
8059 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
8060 type of NT_PRXFPREG. Just include the whole note's contents
8064 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8066 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xfp", note);
8069 /* Linux dumps the Intel XSAVE extended state in a note named "LINUX"
8070 with a note type of NT_X86_XSTATE. Just include the whole note's
8071 contents literally. */
8074 elfcore_grok_xstatereg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8076 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xstate", note);
8080 elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8082 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-ppc-vmx", note);
8086 elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8088 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-ppc-vsx", note);
8092 elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8094 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-high-gprs", note);
8098 elfcore_grok_s390_timer (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8100 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-timer", note);
8104 elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8106 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-todcmp", note);
8110 elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8112 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-todpreg", note);
8116 elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8118 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-ctrs", note);
8122 elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8124 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-prefix", note);
8128 elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8130 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-last-break", note);
8134 elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8136 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-system-call", note);
8140 elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8142 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-arm-vfp", note);
8145 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
8146 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t;
8147 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
8148 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t;
8152 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8153 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t;
8154 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
8155 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t;
8159 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
8160 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
8161 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
8164 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd *abfd, char *start, size_t max)
8167 char *end = (char *) memchr (start, '\0', max);
8175 dups = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len + 1);
8179 memcpy (dups, start, len);
8185 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8187 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8189 if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t))
8191 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo;
8193 memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo));
8195 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T_PR_PID)
8196 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = psinfo.pr_pid;
8198 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program
8199 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname,
8200 sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname));
8202 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
8203 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs,
8204 sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs));
8206 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
8207 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t))
8209 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
8210 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo;
8212 memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo));
8214 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T_PR_PID)
8215 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = psinfo.pr_pid;
8217 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program
8218 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname,
8219 sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname));
8221 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
8222 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs,
8223 sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs));
8229 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
8230 note size (ie. data object type). */
8234 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
8235 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
8236 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
8239 char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command;
8240 int n = strlen (command);
8242 if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
8243 command[n - 1] = '\0';
8248 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
8250 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
8252 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8254 if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus_t)
8255 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
8256 || note->descsz == sizeof (pxstatus_t)
8262 memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat));
8264 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstat.pr_pid;
8266 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
8267 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus32_t))
8269 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
8272 memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat));
8274 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstat.pr_pid;
8277 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
8278 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
8279 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
8283 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
8285 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
8287 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8289 lwpstatus_t lwpstat;
8295 if (note->descsz != sizeof (lwpstat)
8296 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
8297 && note->descsz != sizeof (lwpxstatus_t)
8302 memcpy (&lwpstat, note->descdata, sizeof (lwpstat));
8304 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = lwpstat.pr_lwpid;
8305 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it has already been set by
8307 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal == 0)
8308 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = lwpstat.pr_cursig;
8310 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
8312 sprintf (buf, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
8313 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
8314 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
8317 memcpy (name, buf, len);
8319 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
8323 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
8324 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs);
8325 sect->filepos = note->descpos
8326 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs);
8329 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
8330 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg);
8331 sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_reg);
8334 sect->alignment_power = 2;
8336 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect))
8339 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
8341 sprintf (buf, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
8342 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
8343 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
8346 memcpy (name, buf, len);
8348 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
8352 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
8353 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs);
8354 sect->filepos = note->descpos
8355 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs);
8358 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
8359 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_fpreg);
8360 sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_fpreg);
8363 sect->alignment_power = 2;
8365 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg2", sect);
8367 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
8370 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8377 int is_active_thread;
8380 if (note->descsz < 728)
8383 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (note->namedata, "win32"))
8386 type = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata);
8390 case 1 /* NOTE_INFO_PROCESS */:
8391 /* FIXME: need to add ->core_command. */
8392 /* process_info.pid */
8393 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8);
8394 /* process_info.signal */
8395 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
8398 case 2 /* NOTE_INFO_THREAD */:
8399 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
8400 /* thread_info.tid */
8401 sprintf (buf, ".reg/%ld", (long) bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8));
8403 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
8404 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
8408 memcpy (name, buf, len);
8410 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
8414 /* sizeof (thread_info.thread_context) */
8416 /* offsetof (thread_info.thread_context) */
8417 sect->filepos = note->descpos + 12;
8418 sect->alignment_power = 2;
8420 /* thread_info.is_active_thread */
8421 is_active_thread = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8);
8423 if (is_active_thread)
8424 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect))
8428 case 3 /* NOTE_INFO_MODULE */:
8429 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
8430 /* module_info.base_address */
8431 base_addr = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 4);
8432 sprintf (buf, ".module/%08lx", (unsigned long) base_addr);
8434 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
8435 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
8439 memcpy (name, buf, len);
8441 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
8446 sect->size = note->descsz;
8447 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
8448 sect->alignment_power = 2;
8459 elfcore_grok_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8461 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
8469 if (bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus)
8470 if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus) (abfd, note))
8472 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
8473 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd, note);
8478 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
8480 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd, note);
8483 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
8485 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd, note);
8488 case NT_FPREGSET: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
8489 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd, note);
8491 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS:
8492 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd, note);
8494 case NT_PRXFPREG: /* Linux SSE extension */
8495 if (note->namesz == 6
8496 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8497 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd, note);
8501 case NT_X86_XSTATE: /* Linux XSAVE extension */
8502 if (note->namesz == 6
8503 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8504 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd, note);
8509 if (note->namesz == 6
8510 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8511 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (abfd, note);
8516 if (note->namesz == 6
8517 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8518 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (abfd, note);
8522 case NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS:
8523 if (note->namesz == 6
8524 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8525 return elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (abfd, note);
8530 if (note->namesz == 6
8531 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8532 return elfcore_grok_s390_timer (abfd, note);
8536 case NT_S390_TODCMP:
8537 if (note->namesz == 6
8538 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8539 return elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (abfd, note);
8543 case NT_S390_TODPREG:
8544 if (note->namesz == 6
8545 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8546 return elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (abfd, note);
8551 if (note->namesz == 6
8552 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8553 return elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (abfd, note);
8557 case NT_S390_PREFIX:
8558 if (note->namesz == 6
8559 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8560 return elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (abfd, note);
8564 case NT_S390_LAST_BREAK:
8565 if (note->namesz == 6
8566 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8567 return elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (abfd, note);
8571 case NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL:
8572 if (note->namesz == 6
8573 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8574 return elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (abfd, note);
8579 if (note->namesz == 6
8580 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8581 return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd, note);
8587 if (bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo)
8588 if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo) (abfd, note))
8590 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8591 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd, note);
8598 asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".auxv",
8603 sect->size = note->descsz;
8604 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
8605 sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32;
8613 elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8615 elf_tdata (abfd)->build_id_size = note->descsz;
8616 elf_tdata (abfd)->build_id = (bfd_byte *) bfd_alloc (abfd, note->descsz);
8617 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->build_id == NULL)
8620 memcpy (elf_tdata (abfd)->build_id, note->descdata, note->descsz);
8626 elfobj_grok_gnu_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8633 case NT_GNU_BUILD_ID:
8634 return elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (abfd, note);
8639 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8641 struct sdt_note *cur =
8642 (struct sdt_note *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (struct sdt_note)
8645 cur->next = (struct sdt_note *) (elf_tdata (abfd))->sdt_note_head;
8646 cur->size = (bfd_size_type) note->descsz;
8647 memcpy (cur->data, note->descdata, note->descsz);
8649 elf_tdata (abfd)->sdt_note_head = cur;
8655 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8660 return elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (abfd, note);
8668 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note *note, int *lwpidp)
8672 cp = strchr (note->namedata, '@');
8675 *lwpidp = atoi(cp + 1);
8682 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8684 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
8685 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal
8686 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x08);
8688 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
8689 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid
8690 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x50);
8692 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
8693 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
8694 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 0x7c, 31);
8696 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
8701 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8705 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note, &lwp))
8706 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = lwp;
8708 if (note->type == NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO)
8710 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
8711 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
8712 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
8713 creates a core file. */
8715 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd, note);
8718 /* As of Jan 2002 there are no other machine-independent notes
8719 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
8720 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
8723 if (note->type < NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH)
8727 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
8729 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
8730 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
8732 case bfd_arch_alpha:
8733 case bfd_arch_sparc:
8736 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+0:
8737 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
8739 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+2:
8740 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
8746 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
8747 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
8752 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+1:
8753 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
8755 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+3:
8756 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
8766 elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8768 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
8769 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal
8770 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x08);
8772 /* Process ID at offset 0x20. */
8773 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid
8774 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x20);
8776 /* Command name at 0x48 (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
8777 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
8778 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 0x48, 31);
8784 elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8786 if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_PROCINFO)
8787 return elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (abfd, note);
8789 if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_REGS)
8790 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
8792 if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_FPREGS)
8793 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
8795 if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_XFPREGS)
8796 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xfp", note);
8798 if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_AUXV)
8800 asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".auxv",
8805 sect->size = note->descsz;
8806 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
8807 sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32;
8812 if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_WCOOKIE)
8814 asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".wcookie",
8819 sect->size = note->descsz;
8820 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
8821 sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32;
8830 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note, long *tid)
8832 void *ddata = note->descdata;
8839 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
8840 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata);
8842 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
8843 *tid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 4);
8845 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
8846 flags = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 8);
8848 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
8849 if ((sig = bfd_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 14)) > 0)
8851 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = sig;
8852 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = *tid;
8855 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
8856 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
8857 thread just in case. */
8858 if (flags & 0x00000080)
8859 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = *tid;
8861 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
8862 sprintf (buf, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid);
8864 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1);
8869 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
8873 sect->size = note->descsz;
8874 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
8875 sect->alignment_power = 2;
8877 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".qnx_core_status", sect));
8881 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd *abfd,
8882 Elf_Internal_Note *note,
8890 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
8891 sprintf (buf, "%s/%ld", base, tid);
8893 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1);
8898 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
8902 sect->size = note->descsz;
8903 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
8904 sect->alignment_power = 2;
8906 /* This is the current thread. */
8907 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid == tid)
8908 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, base, sect);
8913 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
8914 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
8915 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
8916 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
8919 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8921 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
8922 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
8924 static long tid = 1;
8928 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO:
8929 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".qnx_core_info", note);
8930 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS:
8931 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd, note, &tid);
8932 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG:
8933 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg");
8934 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG:
8935 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg2");
8942 elfcore_grok_spu_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8948 /* Use note name as section name. */
8950 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
8953 memcpy (name, note->namedata, len);
8954 name[len - 1] = '\0';
8956 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
8960 sect->size = note->descsz;
8961 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
8962 sect->alignment_power = 1;
8967 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
8970 buffer to hold note, and current size of buffer
8974 size of data for note
8976 Writes note to end of buffer. ELF64 notes are written exactly as
8977 for ELF32, despite the current (as of 2006) ELF gabi specifying
8978 that they ought to have 8-byte namesz and descsz field, and have
8979 8-byte alignment. Other writers, eg. Linux kernel, do the same.
8982 Pointer to realloc'd buffer, *BUFSIZ updated. */
8985 elfcore_write_note (bfd *abfd,
8993 Elf_External_Note *xnp;
9000 namesz = strlen (name) + 1;
9002 newspace = 12 + ((namesz + 3) & -4) + ((size + 3) & -4);
9004 buf = (char *) realloc (buf, *bufsiz + newspace);
9007 dest = buf + *bufsiz;
9008 *bufsiz += newspace;
9009 xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) dest;
9010 H_PUT_32 (abfd, namesz, xnp->namesz);
9011 H_PUT_32 (abfd, size, xnp->descsz);
9012 H_PUT_32 (abfd, type, xnp->type);
9016 memcpy (dest, name, namesz);
9024 memcpy (dest, input, size);
9035 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd *abfd,
9041 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
9043 if (bed->elf_backend_write_core_note != NULL)
9046 ret = (*bed->elf_backend_write_core_note) (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9047 NT_PRPSINFO, fname, psargs);
9052 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9053 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
9054 if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32)
9056 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
9058 int note_type = NT_PSINFO;
9061 int note_type = NT_PRPSINFO;
9064 memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data));
9065 strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname));
9066 strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs));
9067 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9068 "CORE", note_type, &data, sizeof (data));
9073 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9075 int note_type = NT_PSINFO;
9078 int note_type = NT_PRPSINFO;
9081 memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data));
9082 strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname));
9083 strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs));
9084 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9085 "CORE", note_type, &data, sizeof (data));
9087 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
9094 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd *abfd,
9101 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
9103 if (bed->elf_backend_write_core_note != NULL)
9106 ret = (*bed->elf_backend_write_core_note) (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9108 pid, cursig, gregs);
9113 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
9114 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
9115 if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32)
9117 prstatus32_t prstat;
9119 memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat));
9120 prstat.pr_pid = pid;
9121 prstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
9122 memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg));
9123 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, "CORE",
9124 NT_PRSTATUS, &prstat, sizeof (prstat));
9131 memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat));
9132 prstat.pr_pid = pid;
9133 prstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
9134 memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg));
9135 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, "CORE",
9136 NT_PRSTATUS, &prstat, sizeof (prstat));
9138 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
9144 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
9146 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd,
9153 lwpstatus_t lwpstat;
9154 const char *note_name = "CORE";
9156 memset (&lwpstat, 0, sizeof (lwpstat));
9157 lwpstat.pr_lwpid = pid >> 16;
9158 lwpstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
9159 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
9160 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg));
9161 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
9163 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs,
9164 gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs));
9166 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs,
9167 gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs));
9170 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
9171 NT_LWPSTATUS, &lwpstat, sizeof (lwpstat));
9173 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
9175 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
9177 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd *abfd,
9181 int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
9182 const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
9184 const char *note_name = "CORE";
9185 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
9186 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
9188 if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32)
9192 memset (&pstat, 0, sizeof (pstat));
9193 pstat.pr_pid = pid & 0xffff;
9194 buf = elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
9195 NT_PSTATUS, &pstat, sizeof (pstat));
9203 memset (&pstat, 0, sizeof (pstat));
9204 pstat.pr_pid = pid & 0xffff;
9205 buf = elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
9206 NT_PSTATUS, &pstat, sizeof (pstat));
9210 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
9213 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd *abfd,
9219 const char *note_name = "CORE";
9220 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9221 note_name, NT_FPREGSET, fpregs, size);
9225 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd,
9228 const void *xfpregs,
9231 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9232 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9233 note_name, NT_PRXFPREG, xfpregs, size);
9237 elfcore_write_xstatereg (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz,
9238 const void *xfpregs, int size)
9240 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9241 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9242 note_name, NT_X86_XSTATE, xfpregs, size);
9246 elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (bfd *abfd,
9249 const void *ppc_vmx,
9252 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9253 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9254 note_name, NT_PPC_VMX, ppc_vmx, size);
9258 elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (bfd *abfd,
9261 const void *ppc_vsx,
9264 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9265 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9266 note_name, NT_PPC_VSX, ppc_vsx, size);
9270 elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (bfd *abfd,
9273 const void *s390_high_gprs,
9276 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9277 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9278 note_name, NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS,
9279 s390_high_gprs, size);
9283 elfcore_write_s390_timer (bfd *abfd,
9286 const void *s390_timer,
9289 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9290 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9291 note_name, NT_S390_TIMER, s390_timer, size);
9295 elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (bfd *abfd,
9298 const void *s390_todcmp,
9301 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9302 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9303 note_name, NT_S390_TODCMP, s390_todcmp, size);
9307 elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (bfd *abfd,
9310 const void *s390_todpreg,
9313 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9314 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9315 note_name, NT_S390_TODPREG, s390_todpreg, size);
9319 elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (bfd *abfd,
9322 const void *s390_ctrs,
9325 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9326 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9327 note_name, NT_S390_CTRS, s390_ctrs, size);
9331 elfcore_write_s390_prefix (bfd *abfd,
9334 const void *s390_prefix,
9337 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9338 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9339 note_name, NT_S390_PREFIX, s390_prefix, size);
9343 elfcore_write_s390_last_break (bfd *abfd,
9346 const void *s390_last_break,
9349 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9350 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9351 note_name, NT_S390_LAST_BREAK,
9352 s390_last_break, size);
9356 elfcore_write_s390_system_call (bfd *abfd,
9359 const void *s390_system_call,
9362 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9363 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9364 note_name, NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL,
9365 s390_system_call, size);
9369 elfcore_write_arm_vfp (bfd *abfd,
9372 const void *arm_vfp,
9375 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9376 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9377 note_name, NT_ARM_VFP, arm_vfp, size);
9381 elfcore_write_register_note (bfd *abfd,
9384 const char *section,
9388 if (strcmp (section, ".reg2") == 0)
9389 return elfcore_write_prfpreg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9390 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-xfp") == 0)
9391 return elfcore_write_prxfpreg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9392 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-xstate") == 0)
9393 return elfcore_write_xstatereg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9394 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-ppc-vmx") == 0)
9395 return elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9396 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-ppc-vsx") == 0)
9397 return elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9398 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-high-gprs") == 0)
9399 return elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9400 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-timer") == 0)
9401 return elfcore_write_s390_timer (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9402 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-todcmp") == 0)
9403 return elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9404 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-todpreg") == 0)
9405 return elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9406 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-ctrs") == 0)
9407 return elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9408 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-prefix") == 0)
9409 return elfcore_write_s390_prefix (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9410 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-last-break") == 0)
9411 return elfcore_write_s390_last_break (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9412 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-system-call") == 0)
9413 return elfcore_write_s390_system_call (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9414 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-arm-vfp") == 0)
9415 return elfcore_write_arm_vfp (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9420 elf_parse_notes (bfd *abfd, char *buf, size_t size, file_ptr offset)
9425 while (p < buf + size)
9427 /* FIXME: bad alignment assumption. */
9428 Elf_External_Note *xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) p;
9429 Elf_Internal_Note in;
9431 if (offsetof (Elf_External_Note, name) > buf - p + size)
9434 in.type = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->type);
9436 in.namesz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->namesz);
9437 in.namedata = xnp->name;
9438 if (in.namesz > buf - in.namedata + size)
9441 in.descsz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->descsz);
9442 in.descdata = in.namedata + BFD_ALIGN (in.namesz, 4);
9443 in.descpos = offset + (in.descdata - buf);
9445 && (in.descdata >= buf + size
9446 || in.descsz > buf - in.descdata + size))
9449 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd))
9455 if (CONST_STRNEQ (in.namedata, "NetBSD-CORE"))
9457 if (! elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (abfd, &in))
9460 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in.namedata, "OpenBSD"))
9462 if (! elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (abfd, &in))
9465 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in.namedata, "QNX"))
9467 if (! elfcore_grok_nto_note (abfd, &in))
9470 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in.namedata, "SPU/"))
9472 if (! elfcore_grok_spu_note (abfd, &in))
9477 if (! elfcore_grok_note (abfd, &in))
9483 if (in.namesz == sizeof "GNU" && strcmp (in.namedata, "GNU") == 0)
9485 if (! elfobj_grok_gnu_note (abfd, &in))
9488 else if (in.namesz == sizeof "stapsdt"
9489 && strcmp (in.namedata, "stapsdt") == 0)
9491 if (! elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (abfd, &in))
9497 p = in.descdata + BFD_ALIGN (in.descsz, 4);
9504 elf_read_notes (bfd *abfd, file_ptr offset, bfd_size_type size)
9511 if (bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0)
9514 buf = (char *) bfd_malloc (size);
9518 if (bfd_bread (buf, size, abfd) != size
9519 || !elf_parse_notes (abfd, buf, size, offset))
9529 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
9531 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
9532 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
9533 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
9536 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
9538 if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
9540 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
9544 return elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr);
9547 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
9548 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
9549 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
9550 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
9552 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
9553 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
9556 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd *abfd, void *phdrs)
9560 if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
9562 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
9566 num_phdrs = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
9567 memcpy (phdrs, elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr,
9568 num_phdrs * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr));
9573 enum elf_reloc_type_class
9574 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
9576 return reloc_class_normal;
9579 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
9580 relocation against a local symbol. */
9583 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd *abfd,
9584 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
9586 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
9588 asection *sec = *psec;
9591 relocation = (sec->output_section->vma
9592 + sec->output_offset
9594 if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
9595 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION
9596 && sec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
9599 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec,
9600 elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
9601 sym->st_value + rel->r_addend);
9604 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
9605 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
9606 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
9607 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
9608 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
9609 if ((sec->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0)
9610 sec->kept_section = *psec;
9613 rel->r_addend -= relocation;
9614 rel->r_addend += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
9620 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd *abfd,
9621 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
9625 asection *sec = *psec;
9627 if (sec->sec_info_type != SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
9628 return sym->st_value + addend;
9630 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec,
9631 elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
9632 sym->st_value + addend);
9636 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd *abfd,
9637 struct bfd_link_info *info,
9641 switch (sec->sec_info_type)
9643 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS:
9644 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec, elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
9646 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME:
9647 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd, info, sec, offset);
9649 if ((sec->flags & SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY) != 0)
9651 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
9652 bfd_size_type address_size = bed->s->arch_size / 8;
9653 offset = sec->size - offset - address_size;
9659 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
9660 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
9661 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
9662 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
9663 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
9664 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
9666 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
9667 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
9668 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
9669 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
9670 the remote memory. */
9673 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
9677 int (*target_read_memory) (bfd_vma, bfd_byte *, bfd_size_type))
9679 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory)
9680 (templ, ehdr_vma, loadbasep, target_read_memory);
9684 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd *abfd,
9685 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
9686 asymbol **syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
9691 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
9694 const char *relplt_name;
9695 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean);
9699 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
9705 if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0)
9708 if (dynsymcount <= 0)
9711 if (!bed->plt_sym_val)
9714 relplt_name = bed->relplt_name;
9715 if (relplt_name == NULL)
9716 relplt_name = bed->rela_plts_and_copies_p ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
9717 relplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, relplt_name);
9721 hdr = &elf_section_data (relplt)->this_hdr;
9722 if (hdr->sh_link != elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
9723 || (hdr->sh_type != SHT_REL && hdr->sh_type != SHT_RELA))
9726 plt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt");
9730 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
9731 if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, relplt, dynsyms, TRUE))
9734 count = relplt->size / hdr->sh_entsize;
9735 size = count * sizeof (asymbol);
9736 p = relplt->relocation;
9737 for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p += bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel)
9739 size += strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name) + sizeof ("@plt");
9743 size += sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8 + 8 * (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64);
9745 size += sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
9750 s = *ret = (asymbol *) bfd_malloc (size);
9754 names = (char *) (s + count);
9755 p = relplt->relocation;
9757 for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p += bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel)
9762 addr = bed->plt_sym_val (i, plt, p);
9763 if (addr == (bfd_vma) -1)
9766 *s = **p->sym_ptr_ptr;
9767 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
9768 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
9769 if ((s->flags & BSF_LOCAL) == 0)
9770 s->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
9771 s->flags |= BSF_SYNTHETIC;
9773 s->value = addr - plt->vma;
9776 len = strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name);
9777 memcpy (names, (*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, len);
9783 memcpy (names, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
9784 names += sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
9785 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd, buf, p->addend);
9786 for (a = buf; *a == '0'; ++a)
9789 memcpy (names, a, len);
9792 memcpy (names, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
9793 names += sizeof ("@plt");
9800 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far. */
9801 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
9802 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section,
9803 SEC_IS_COMMON, NULL, "LARGE_COMMON", 0);
9806 _bfd_elf_set_osabi (bfd * abfd,
9807 struct bfd_link_info * link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
9809 Elf_Internal_Ehdr * i_ehdrp; /* ELF file header, internal form. */
9811 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
9813 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_osabi;
9815 /* To make things simpler for the loader on Linux systems we set the
9816 osabi field to ELFOSABI_GNU if the binary contains symbols of
9817 the STT_GNU_IFUNC type or STB_GNU_UNIQUE binding. */
9818 if (i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] == ELFOSABI_NONE
9819 && elf_tdata (abfd)->has_gnu_symbols)
9820 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] = ELFOSABI_GNU;
9824 /* Return TRUE for ELF symbol types that represent functions.
9825 This is the default version of this function, which is sufficient for
9826 most targets. It returns true if TYPE is STT_FUNC or STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
9829 _bfd_elf_is_function_type (unsigned int type)
9831 return (type == STT_FUNC
9832 || type == STT_GNU_IFUNC);
9835 /* If the ELF symbol SYM might be a function in SEC, return the
9836 function size and set *CODE_OFF to the function's entry point,
9837 otherwise return zero. */
9840 _bfd_elf_maybe_function_sym (const asymbol *sym, asection *sec,
9845 if ((sym->flags & (BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_FILE | BSF_OBJECT
9846 | BSF_THREAD_LOCAL | BSF_RELC | BSF_SRELC)) != 0
9847 || sym->section != sec)
9850 *code_off = sym->value;
9852 if (!(sym->flags & BSF_SYNTHETIC))
9853 size = ((elf_symbol_type *) sym)->internal_elf_sym.st_size;